ge fanuc automation - jamet · ge fanuc automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed,...

228
GE Fanuc Automation Computer Numerical Control Products LASER Y1000– Model E LASER YP1000– Model E Operator’s Manual GFZ-70294EN/01 December 2002

Upload: lyhanh

Post on 13-Jun-2018

271 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

GE Fanuc Automation

Computer Numerical Control Products

LASER Y1000– Model ELASER YP1000– Model E

Operator’s Manual

GFZ-70294EN/01 December 2002

Page 2: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

GFL-001

Warnings, Cautions, and Notesas Used in this Publication

Warning

Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages, currents,temperatures, or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment ormay be associated with its use.

In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment, aWarning notice is used.

Caution

Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken.

NoteNotes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding andoperating the equipment.

This document is based on information available at the time of its publication. While effortshave been made to be accurate, the information contained herein does not purport to cover alldetails or variations in hardware or software, nor to provide for every possible contingency inconnection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Features may be described hereinwhich are not present in all hardware and software systems. GE Fanuc Automation assumesno obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made.

GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutorywith respect to, and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, sufficiency, orusefulness of the information contained herein. No warranties of merchantability or fitness forpurpose shall apply.

©Copyright 2002 GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.

All Rights Reserved.

Page 3: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

� No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form.

� All specifications and designs are subject to change without notice.

In this manual we have tried as much as possible to describe all thevarious matters.However, we cannot describe all the matters which must not be done,or which cannot be done, because there are so many possibilities.Therefore, matters which are not especially described as possible inthis manual should be regarded as ”impossible”.

Page 4: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 Table of Contents

c–1

1. OVERVIEW 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 MANUAL CONTENTS 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.2 APPLICABLE PRODUCT 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3 RELATED MANUALS 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.4 SAFETY PRECAUTION 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. SAFETY 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 WARNING 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2 CAUTION 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.3 NOTE 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 WARNING: SAFETY OF THE EYES 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5 WARNING LABEL 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6 DOOR INTERLOCK 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.7 INTERNAL BEAMS PATH OF OSCILLATOR 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8 HIGH VOLTAGE 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.9 SAFETY FENCE 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.10 FIRE 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.11 POISONOUS GAS 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 OVERVIEW 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 DETAIL CONFIGURATION 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 DAILY INSPECTION 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1.1 Power Calibration Function 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.2 Power Calibration Operation (When the Robot Controller Is Used) 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 DAILY MAINTENANCE 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUMENTS 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4 DETAILS OF MAINTENANCE 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.1 Replacing the Pumping Lamp and Lamp Flow Tuner 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.1.1 Cautions on pumping lamp replacement 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.1.2 Pumping lamp replacement procedure 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.1.3 Lamp adapter replacement procedure 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.1.4 Lamp flow tube replacement procedure 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.2 De–ionized Water and Filter/Ion Exchange Resin Replacement 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.2.1 De–ionized water replacement method 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.2.2 De–ionized water filter replacement method 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.2.3 Ion exchange resin replacement method 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.3 Filter Unit (Element/Mantle) Replacement 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.3.1 Element (air filter) replacement procedure 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.3.2 Mantle (oil mist filter) replacement procedure 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.4 Processing Nozzle Protective Window Cleaning And Replacement 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.4.1 Processing nozzle (A04B–0850–H300/D***, A04B–0850–H314/D*** for standard processing) 67. . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.4.2 Processing nozzle (A04B–0850–H305, for precision processing) 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 5: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01Table of Contents

c–2

4.4.4.3 Processing nozzle (A04B–0850–H309/D**, for precision processing) 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.4.4 Fiber receptacle (A04B–0857–J301) 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.5 Fuse Replacement Procedure 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.5.1 Y1000–E fuse mounting diagram 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4.5.2 YP1000–E fuse installation diagram 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.5 MAJOR MAINTENANCE PARTS 76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.6 EXTERNAL COOLING WATER 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.1 Specifications for External Cooling Water 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.2 Specifications for External Cooling Water Chiller Unit 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.3 Corrosion–Resistant Agent 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.4 Cleaning Agent 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.5 De–ionized Water Unit 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.7 PURGE GAS 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.1 Purge Gas Specifications 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.2 Purge Gas Piping 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.8 DE–IONIZED COOLING WATER 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. TROUBLESHOOTING 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 METHOD OF TROUBLESHOOTING 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.2 FAILURES THAT DIRECTLY AFFECT PROCESSING AND OUTPUT 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.1 Failures That Make Processing Impossible 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.2 No Output from the Optical Fiber 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.3 Remedy the Warning of the Power Calibration Coefficient Increase 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.4 Trigger Error (Abnormal Discharge Start) 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.5 Before Output Measurement 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.3 LIST OF ALARM MESSAGES 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.4 CORRECTIVE ACTION FOR ALARM 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.5 DESCRIPTION OF THE FIBER BREAKAGE DETECTION FUNCTION FOR THE YAGROBOT 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.5.1 Outline 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5.2 Heat–Fusing Wire Method 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5.3 Reflected–Light Detection Method 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

APPENDIX

A. LASER OSCILLATOR LAYOUT DIAGRAM 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENS ON THE TOUCH DISPLAY (CNC CONTROL ONLY) 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C. PARAMETERS 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.1 PARAMETERS FOR THE Y SERIES (B8F1 SERIES) (CNC ONLY) 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.2 PARAMETERS FOR THE YP SERIES (B8F4 SERIES) (CNC ONLY) 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER) 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. SPECIFICATIONS 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 6: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 ����� �� ����

c–3

E. DETAILS OF PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1 DETAILS 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E.1.1 Slab Crystal End Surface and Coupler Cleaning 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1.2 Procedure for Replacing the Protective Window in the Fiber Coupling Unit 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1.3 Optical Fiber Handling and Alignment 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1.4 IR–Viewer 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1.5 Measurement Using the Power Meter and the Power Probe 203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1.6 Procedure for Replacing the Shutter Unit 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.1.7 Trigger Error Check Procedure 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F. GLOSSARY 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 7: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)
Page 8: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 1. OVERVIEW

1

1 ��������

Page 9: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

1. OVERVIEW B–70294EN/01

2

This manual consists of the follwing chapters and appendixes:

1. OVERVIEWChapter 1 covers the configuration of the manual, applicable models,related manuals, and provides notes on reading the manual.

2. SAFETYChapter 2 covers the warnings snd precautions related to laser beams,high voltages, high temperatures, and a toxic substances.To ensure safe operation, read this chapter first.

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATIONChapter 3 describes the structure and operation of the laser osillator.

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSChapter 4 describes the periodic maintenance of the laser oscillator.

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGChapter 5 describes the actions to be taken if the oscillatormalfunctions.

APPENDIX

A. LASER OSCILLATOR LAYOUT DIAGRAM

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENS ON THE TOUCH DISPLAY

C. PARAMETERS

D. SPECIFICATIONS

E. DETAILS OF PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

F. TERMINOLOGY

1.1MANUAL CONTENTS

Page 10: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 1. OVERVIEW

3

This manual explains the following product.

Product name Abbreriations

FANUC LASER Y1000–MODEL E Y1000–E

FANUC LASER YP1000–MODEL E YP1000–E

1.2APPLICABLEPRODUCT

Page 11: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

1. OVERVIEW B–70294EN/01

4

The table below lists manuals related to FANUC LASER Y1000–MODEL E/YP1000–MODEL E

Manual name Specificationnumber

FANUC Series 16i/160i–LA DESCRIPTIONS B–63192EN

FANUC Series 16i/160i–LA CONNECTION MANUAL B–63193EN

FANUC Series 16i/160i–LA OPERATOR’S MANUAL B–63194EN

FANUC Series 16i/160i–LA MAINTENANCE MANUAL B–63195EN

FANUC Series 16i/160i–LA PARAMETER MANUAL B–63200EN

FANUC LASER Y1000–MODEL E/YP1000–MODEL E OPERATOR’S MANUAL (This manual)

B–70294EN

FANUC LASER Y1000–MODEL E/YP1000–MODEL E MAINTENANCE MANUAL

B–70295EN

Since a CNC or robot controller can be used as the laser control device,this manual may provide a separate description for each device.When a CNC is used, the laser oscillators Y1000–E and YP1000–E canbe connected to it. When a robot controller is used, the laser oscillatorY1000–E can be connected to it.

1.3RELATED MANUALS

Page 12: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 1. OVERVIEW

5

The manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user andpreventing damage to the laser oscillator. Precautions are classified intoWarning and Caution according to their bearing on safety. Also,supplementary information is described as a Note.

Read the Warning, Caution, and Note thoroughly before attempting to usethe laser oscillator.

Applied when there is a danger of the death and serious injury of the userif the approved procedure is not observed.

Applied when there is a danger of the user being injured and the laserosciilator being damaged if the approved procedure is not observed.

Used to indicate supplementary information other than Warning andCaution.

The performance of a laser processing system depends not only on a laseroscillator used in it but also on the related machine tool, power magneticscabinet, servo system, CNC, and machine operator’s panel. This manualfocuses on only the laser oscillator. For information about any objectsother than the laser oscillator, read the respective manuals issued by themachine tool builder.

Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.

1.4SAFETYPRECAUTION

WARNING

�����

���

Page 13: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

6

2 ������

This chapter explains the safety precautions related to the laser oscillatorso it can be used safely. Before attempting to operate the laser oscillator,read the chapter carefully. Please read also the descriptions about safe usein the respective operator’s manuals published by the machine toolbuilder. The safety standards related to laser products include thefollowing. Refer to them as guidelines for safety standards.

– IEC Pub. 60825 (Safety of laser products, Safety of optical fiber communication systems)

– JIS C 6802 (Safety of laser products)Only an operator trained to the appropriate level must operate the laseroscillator because its operation can be hazardous not only to the operator butalso to people in fairly distant places.Only persons who have understood the internal structure of the laseroscillator and have received appropriate training can maintain the laseroscillator. (A person responsible to safety management must be appointed.)A warning label is put on each dangerous position of the laser oscillator.Be extremely careful about the labeled positions.

Page 14: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

7

(1) YAG laser beams are infrared rays with a wavelength of 1.06 µm. They areinvisible to the human eye.It is extremely dangerous to expose your eyes to direct, scattered, orreflected YAG laser beams. Always wear protective goggles whilethe laser is operating.Exposure to laser light can cause blindness. If your eyes areaccidentally exposed, seek medical advice immediately.

(2) Do not turn on the laser oscillator while any panels are removed orany doors are open.Operating the laser with a door open or panel removed may result inthe operator being directly exposed to YAG laser beams. Exposureto laser light can cause blindness and/or severe burns. If your eyes areaccidentally exposed to laser light, seek medical advice immediately.Before turning on the power during maintenance if absolutelynecessary, wear protective goggles and clothing to prevent accidents.Even when you wear protective goggles, do not view a laser beamdirectly. (See Section 4.3.)

(3) Surround the laser oscillator tool with safety fences made of materials(such as shading plates or steel plates) that can absorb laser beamseasily, and post appropriate warnings. Take double safety measures,for example, by providing the doors of these safety fences withinterlock switches so that opening a door shuts off laser radiation.Ifthird parties get close to the laser oscillator tool inadvertently, theireyes may be exposed to reflected (scattered) YAG laser beams,probably leading to loss of their eyesight.Should their eyes areexposed to YAG laser beams, immediately have them treated by anophthalmologist.

(4) The laser beam shall be no higher than average eye height. Enclosethe path of the laser beam with covers. Do not leave the end of thebeam path open. Place laser– absorbing material at the end of thebeam path to absorb the beam’s energy.A YAG laser beam is directional and has a high energy density.Exposure to laser light can cause blindness. Flammable material mayburn or explode if exposed to the laser beam. If your eyes areaccidentally exposed to laser light, seek medical advice immediately.

(5) Some portions in the laser oscillator cabinet are applied with a high voltageof 20 to 30 kV temporarily and a high voltage of 150 to 200 V constantly.If a laser oscillator panel or door is open, do not turn on the oscillator tooperate it as you can touch the high–voltage section and get electric shocks.Before turning on the power during maintenance if absolutelynecessary, take measures against accidents.

(6) Keep the main circuit breaker and the powersupply turned off (doublepowersupply shutoff) during daily inspection, maintenance partreplacement, and especially lamp replacement. Lock the circuitbreaker in the off position, and posts that you are working with thelaser oscillator, so that anyone will not turn on the powerinadvertently. In addition, before attempting to touch the lampadapter section, ground it with the grounding rod to make sure thatthere is no shock hazard.If you perform inspection or replacement with the power turned on,you will get electric shocks when you touch the high–voltage section.Before turning on the power during maintenance if absolutelynecessary, take measures against accidents.

2.1WARNING

Page 15: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

8

(7) Do not see the focus point on the processed work with the naked eye.Direct exposure to reflected or scattered laser beams may lead to lossof your eyesight.Should your eyes are exposed to YAG laser beams, immediately havethem treated by an ophthalmologist.

(8) Some materials release gases harmful to the human body when laserbeams are radiated to them, for example, to cut or drill them.Beforeattempting to subject a new material to laser processing, ask themanufacturer of the material to see if the material is releases harmfulgases.Should you have inhaled a harmful gas, immediately see adoctor for treatment.

(9) If the laser oscillator must be moved, entrust the work to the machinetool builder whenever possible. If performed by inexperiencedpersonnel, the oscillator may topple or be dropped, resulting in apotentially fatal accident.When the machine tool builder is not available to move the oscillator,follow the procedure described on the hanging method label. Whilemoving the oscillator, stand well clear and never pass under theoscillator.

(10)Do not allow any dangerous or high–pressure gas to get into the lasercabinet. The laser cabinet has a hermetic structure (dustproof anddripproof), it cannot be ventilated easily.Flammable gases such as oxygen can cause a fire or explosion.Toxic gases can harm operators during maintenance. Organic gasescan degrade processing performance. High–pressure gases candamage a panel or the cabinet, resulting in injury from flying matters.If such a gas accidentally gets into the oscillator housing, remove apanel for ventilation. The installation room must be also wellventilated.To purge the laser cabinet, use purified, low–pressure air or nitrogen.

Page 16: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

9

(1) Where your skin may be exposed to YAG laser radiation not less than amaximum permissible exposure (MPE level), wear protective clothing asexposure may lead to a skin burn.

(2) The oscillator incorporates a red laser diode to indicate anapproximate position of YAG laser beams. Do not see direct raysfrom this laser diode with the naked eye.Exposing the eye to direct rays from this laser diode may hurt the eye.

(3) When replacing the pumping lamp, wear protective goggles to avoidhazard due to a possible damage of the lamp.

(4) Do not pass your hand in the optical path of the laser oscillator orunder the laser head when the shutter of the oscillator is open. Whenthe shutter is open, a laser beam may be emitted from the oscillatoraccidentally. Before work in the optical path or under the laser head,confirm that the shutter is closed.

(5) Touching a workpiece with the naked hand may lead to a skin burnas the workpiece becomes very hot when it is processed.

(6) While a workpiece is being processed, very hot stuff may scatter fromthe workpiece, causing a skin burn and a fire.

(7) When some materials are processed, they burn or explode, leading toa fire and a skin burn. Before attempting to subject a new materialto laser processing, ask the manufacturer of the material to see if it issafe to machine the material by laser.

(8) The oscillator incorporates a cooling fan unit. The cooling fan has afinger guard. However, sticking the finger into the finger guard canhurt it.

(9) The oscillator is controlled according to the control unit internalparameter settings. If a numeric value different from a setting isentered and the oscillator is operated, the oscillator may malfunction.In the worst case, the oscillator may be damaged.

(10)When making an output power measurement using a power probe orpower meter, be sure not to place the power probe or power metersurface close to the focal point of a focused laser beam. Otherwise,the power probe or power meter can be damaged. In addition, a laserbeam reflected from the surface of the power probe or power meterdirectly returns to the optical fiber cable and laser resonator, and candamage the end face of optical fibers, optical components (outputcoupler, rear coupler, spherical coupler, and so forth) inside theresonator, and YAG crystal itself. The same trouble can occur whena high–reflectance material (such as aluminum, copper, gold, and soforth that reflect a YAG laser beam with a wavelength of 1.06 �m ata high reflectance) is placed close to the focal point. At the time ofoutput power measurement, allow a proper distance. Particularlywhen performing welding, angle the work nozzle approximately fivedegrees. Ensure that a laser beam near the focal point is notcontinuously radiated to the same location of a high–reflectancematerial.

2.2CAUTION

Page 17: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

10

(1) During installation or maintenance, only those trained in maintenance shalloperate the laser oscillator if its panel or door is open. Pay sufficientattention when operating the laser oscillator.

(2) When you must open the panel and the dustproof cover during dailymaintenance, be sure to open the dustproof cover for the shortest timepossible. Inside the dustproof cover are optical parts, which aresusceptible to dust. Open the dustproof panel for the shortest timepossible to prevent the parts from damage, and after you have openedit, do not execute laser oscillator for about 15 minutes, until theresonator is filled with purge air.

(3) Where you may be exposed to laser beams from the oscillator, awarning label is posted to indicate the danger. When using the laseroscillator, observe the cautions printed on the label.(Section 2.5 shows the warning labels.)

(4) All laser products must comply with laser safety rules, one of whichstipulates that a key be used for control of the laser products.Use a key–operated switch to issue the oscillator start signal (RUNON) so that the oscillator cannot be started if the key is unavailable.It is dangerous for outsiders who do not have knowledge about lasersto handle the laser oscillator. Perform key–based management toprevent any unauthorized person from operating the laser oscillator.

(5) Usually lock the shutter so that no laser beam is emitted. Unlock theshutter only when the laser oscillator is used.

(6) Do not place any flammable substance (such as paper, cloth, or wood)near the workpiece table.

(7) Prepare a fire extinguisher and place it near the laser processing.

(8) The oscillator has a warning lamp. It flashes or lights when the laseroscillator is radiating or ready to radiate laser beams. When the lampis flashing or lighting, be careful about laser beams and high voltages.

2.3NOTE

Page 18: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

11

This section describes safety precautions for protecting the eyes.The following are utmost dangers to the eyes:

� Wavelength: 0.4 to 1.4 �m (visible light to near–infrared light) (Theoscillation wavelength of a YAG laser beam is 1.06 �m.)

� Coherent light (light of the same wavelength and with definite phaserelationships)

This is because this kind of light passes through the cornea, crystallinelens, and vitreum, and reaches the retina very easily. Moreover, thecrystalline lens brings laser beams into a focused image at a very narrowspot with a small diffraction margin, so that the energy density there is 104

to 105 greater than that on the cornea that first passes the incident laserbeams. If the retina or, in particular, the macula, which has the keenestoptesthesia, is damaged, the visual acuity can decrease (to 0.2 or less)because the optic nerve cells are not regenerated. So, do not expose theeyes directly to a laser beam. If the fovea centralis is completelydestroyed, a visual acuity of 0.1 or more may be unrecoverable.

To protect against scattered laser beams in processing, and scattered anddirect laser beams in maintenance, observe the following:

� Wear protective goggles.

� Do not view a laser beam directly.

� Install a shelter.

[Ear side]

Posterior chamber

Crystalline lens

Cornea

Object Anteriorchamber

IrisCiliary body

[Nose side]

VitreumOptic nerve head

Optic nervesystem

(Blind spot)

Retina

Macula/foveola

ChoroidSclera

Lateral rectus

Medial rectus

Fig.2.4 (a) Eye structure

2.4WARNING: SAFETYOF THE EYES

Page 19: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

12

In areas in the FANUC LASER Y/YP series where there is a danger thata high voltage is applied or laser beams are radiated, warning labels areposted at locations shown if Fig. 2.5 (a) to 2.5 (d).

See Fig. 2.5 (e) for details of the warning labels

Fig.2.5 (a) Location of safety labels (front side) : Y1000–E

2.5WARNING LABEL

Page 20: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

13

Fig.2.5 (b) Location of safety labels (rear side) : Y1000–E

Page 21: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

14

Fig.2.5 (c) Location of safety labels (front side) : YP1000–E

Page 22: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

15

Fig.2.5 (d) Location of safety labels (rear side) : YP1000–E

Warning label

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (1/9)

Page 23: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

16

Class indication label (JPN, IEC)

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (2/9)

Class indication label (FDA)

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (3/9)

Page 24: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

17

Labels for defeatably interlocked protective housing

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (4/9)

Aperture labels

Labels for noninterlocked protective housing

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (5/9)

Page 25: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

18

Suspension method label

Caution label for protective goggles

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (6/9)

Page 26: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

19

Discharge section label

Warning label for non–loading on the ceiling panel

Caution label for replacing lamps

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (7/9)

Page 27: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

20

Certification label

laser oscillator name plate

Address label

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (8/9)

Page 28: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

21

Patent label

Caution label for DI–water circulator

Caution label for cooling water and purge gas maintenance

Fig.2.5 (e) Label list (9/9)

Page 29: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

22

Pay sufficient attention when maintaining the laser oscillator; the YAGlaser beams emitted from the laser oscillator are invisible because they areinfrared rays with a wavelength of 1.06 µm.

If you have no choice but to open a door equipped with a door interlockswitch shown in Fig. 2.6 (a) to 2.6 (d) and defeat safety interlock, use adoor interlock release jig (see Fig. 2.6 (b) and (d)).

If you have no choice but to remove a panel or door not equipped with adoor interlock switch for maintenance purposes, turn off the supply powerand make sure that no power is supplied to the oscillation before removingthe panel or door.

Fig.2.6 (a) The panels with defeatable safety interlock : Y1000–E

2.6DOOR INTERLOCK

Page 30: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

23

Fig.2.6 (b) Defeatable tool and safety interlock layout : Y1000–E

Page 31: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

24

Fig.2.6 (c) The panels with defeatable safety interlock : YP1000–E

Page 32: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

25

Fig.2.6 (d) Defeatable tool and safety interlock layout : YP1000–E

Page 33: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

26

Never expose your eye and skin to laser beams emitted directly from thelaser oscillator and reflected laser beams. Fig. 2.7 (a) to 2.7 (b) show thebeam paths and the related fields inside and outside the laser oscillator.Be very careful during inspection and maintenance not to expose your eyeand skin to laser beams.

When working in an area where you may be exposed to scattered laserbeams, wear protective goggles. To protect you from unnecessaryscattered laser beams, isolate your workplace from the laser output sourceusing a protective shielding (such as opaque plates or other stuff thatabsorbs YAG laser beams effectively).

When emitting laser beams in the air for test purposes duringmaintenance, keep all people not involved in maintenance away from theworkplace.

Fig.2.7 (a) Laser radiation fields and paths : Y1000–E (1/2)

2.7INTERNAL BEAMSPATH OFOSCILLATOR

Page 34: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 2. SAFETY

27

Fig.2.7 (a) Laser radiation fields and paths : YP1000–E (2/2)

Fig.2.7 (b) External and internal laser radiation fields and paths : Y/YP series

Page 35: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

2. SAFETY B–70294EN/01

28

Some portions in the laser oscillator cabinet are applied with a highvoltage of 20 to 30 kV temporarily and a high voltage of 150 to 200 Vconstantly. Usually, they are confined within the cabinet doors. Openinga door shuts off the power automatically. If you need to defeat doorinterlock and operate the laser oscillator with the door open for adjustmentpurposes, be very careful not to touch any high–voltage section.

If door interlock functions to turn off the power, be careful when makingadjustments because there is a supply power of 200/220 VAC in the powermagnetics section of the laser oscillator.

When carrying out laser processing, surround the workplace withmaterials that can absorb laser beams easily (such as fireproof metal). Inaddition, install a double safety measure, for example, by attaching aninterlock switch to the door of safety fences so that opening the door canstop the laser oscillator.

Be very careful when radiating direct laser beams to any flammablesubstance (paper, cloth, or wood) or allowing scattered laser beams to beradiated to it, as a fire may break out.

If you need to emit laser beams, for example, for maintenance purposes,direct them to a firebrick or fire–proof board.

When some materials are subjected to laser beam–based cutting, drillingor welding, they release gases harmful to the human body.

When processing these materials, prepare an apparatus for exhausting thegases in advance.

2.8HIGH VOLTAGE

2.9SAFETY FENCE

2.10FIRE

2.11POISONOUS GAS

Page 36: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

29

3 INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

Page 37: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION B–70294EN/01

30

Fig. 3.1 (a) and (b) show the block diagram of the laser oscillator. Thelaser oscillator mainly consists of a laser resonator section, lamp pumpingpower supply section, de–ionized water circulator section, CNC interfacesection and protective cabinet.

Fig.3.1 (a) Block diagram of FANUC LASER : Y1000–E

3.1OVERVIEW

Page 38: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

31

Fig.3.1 (b) Block diagram of FANUC LASER : YP1000–E

Page 39: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION B–70294EN/01

32

(1) Laser resonatorIn the laser resonator section, a light beam from the pumping lamp isradiated to and absorbed by the slab–type Nd:YAG laser crystal(yttrium–aluminum–garnet doped with Nd3+) directly or byreflection using a reflector, and Nd3+ is pumped. When pumped,Nd3+ emits a light beam with a wavelength of 1.06 �m. The light isamplified through repeated stimulated emission in the resonatorconsisting of an output coupler, rear coupler, and spherical coupler,and is output as laser beams from the resonator through the outputcoupler. Laser beams are converged by the fiber coupling unit and istransmitted to the outside of the laser oscillator by an optical fibercable.

(2) Pumping lamp power supply sectionIn accordance with a command from the CNC or robot controller, thissection supplies current to the pumping lamp to pump the Nd:YAGlaser crystal. This section consists of a noise filter, main powersupply unit, and so forth.

(3) Cooling water circulation systemThere are two cooling water circulation systems. One is a de–ionizedwater circulation system, and the other is an external cooling watercirculation system. The de–ionized water circulation systemsuppresses a temperature increase in the pumping lamp and lasermedium, and protects against a pumping efficiency decrease that canbe caused by degraded pumping lamp insulation or contamination ofa component such as the slab crystal and pumping lamp. Thede–ionized water circulator controls de–ionized water temperatureand manages water purity. The external cooling water circulationsystem controls the temperature increase of other heat sources suchas the beam absorber, power sensor, and reflector. A radiator is usedto suppress a temperature increase inside the cabinet.

(4) CNC interface sectionThe CNC interface section is provided to transfer signals to and fromthe CNC of FANUC Series or a robot controller. Connecting the laseroscillator to the CNC via the CNC interface section enables the entirelaser oscillation sequence ranging from start to termination to bemanaged mainly by the CNC. The internal status of the laseroscillator is also managed by the CNC. Even if a failure occurs, thesequence can progress safely, and alarms are displayed on the CRTscreen or teach pendant.

(5) Protective cabinetThe protective cabinet houses all the sections described above. Theprotective cabinet is entirely closed by metallic panels to protect youfrom laser beam exposure and high voltage. None of the panels canbe removed without using a tool.

Page 40: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

33

The following paragraphs concretely explain how the FANUC LASERY/YP series is configured. (The explanations focus on the configurationof the Y series. If there is a difference in configuration between the Y andYP series, the configuration of the YP series is enclosed between [ and ].)

Fig. 3.1 (a) to (b) show the configuration block diagrams of the Y and YPseries. The angle–bracketed numbers in the diagrams correspond to thosein the structure diagram. They can be used for cross–reference.

Fig.3.2 (a) Laser oscillator structure diagram (front view): Y1000–E

3.2DETAILCONFIGURATION

Page 41: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION B–70294EN/01

34

Fig.3.2 (b) Laser oscillator structure diagram (top view): Y1000–E

Fig.3.2 (c) Laser oscillator structure diagram (front view): YP1000–E

Page 42: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

35

Fig.3.2 (d) Laser oscillator structure diagram (top view): YP1000–E

(1) Resonator sectionThe resonator section mainly consists of a laser head (2), outputcoupler (7), rear coupler (8), spherical coupler (9), power sensor unit(10), and shutter unit (12). Light is amplified through repeatedstimulated emission when it travels back and forth between the rearand output couplers, and part of the light is output through the outputcoupler. The output laser beams are sent through optical fiber as theshutter is opened or closed as required.

(2) Laser headThe laser head mainly consists of a slab–type Nd:YAG crystal (3),which is a laser medium, pumping lamps (4) (that generates pumpinglight), a reflector (5) (that efficiently radiates the pumping light fromthe lamp to the laser medium), and a water cooling retainer (6) (thatcools the retainer used to hold the slab crystal end face seal). The laserhead converts the electric energy injected from the lamp to opticalenergy (single–mode laser beam having a wavelength of 1.06 µm).

(3) Slab–type Nd:YAG crystalThe slab–type Nd:YAG crystal is a YAG laser medium (yttrium–aluminum–garnet doped with Nd3+) that is polished in a slab form.It is cooled with de–ionized water. It allows laser beams to propagatein a zigzag manner through it, thus eliminating a thermal lens effectthat occurs in the crystal, for an increased laser beam quality.

(4) Pumping lampThe pumping lamp is filled with krypton, which is a rare gas, at a highpressure. It converts electric energy to light to stimulate the lasermedium. De–ionized water is used to suppress a temperature rise inthe lamp.

Page 43: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION B–70294EN/01

36

(5) ReflectorThe reflector has a reflective surface made of a highly reflectivematerial so that it can radiate a pumping light generated in the lampto the slab–type Nd:YAG crystal efficiently. The reflector is cooledwith external–cooling water so that a temperature rise in it can besuppressed.

(6) Water cooling retainerThe water cooling retainer is installed to cool the retainer used to holdthe slab crystal end seal.

(7) Output couplerThe output coupler is made of quartz glass whose front surface iscovered with a partially reflective coating and whose rear surface isAR–coated. It functions as a transparent/reflective coupler so thatamplified laser beams can be taken out from the resonator.

(8) Rear couplerThe rear coupler is made of quartz glass whose front surface iscovered with a reflective coating and whose rear surface isAR–coated. It has a high reflectance of 99.5% [98.5%]. It reflectslaser beams within the resonator while transmitting a very limitedportion of the laser beams through it for laser power monitoring.

(9) Spherical couplerThe spherical coupler is made of quartz glass whose front surface iscovered with a reflective coating and whose rear surface isAR–coated. It is designed to pass laser beams through the slab–typeNd:YAG crystal efficiently.

(10)Power sensor unitThe power sensor unit receives a very weak monitoring laser beamsthat have passed through the rear coupler and translates the laserbeams to an electric signal then it can monitor the laser output.

(11)Laser diode (LD)The YAG laser beams are invisible. Visible laser beams aresuperimposed on the same optical axis as for the YAG laser beams sothat the optical axis can be located. They are used for the coarseadjustment of the optical axis of optical systems outside the laseroscillator section and of fiber alignment. They are also used toindicate approximate processing points.Y series: Allows a laser beam to be emitted by opening the shutter

in front of the semiconductor laser.YP series: Allows a laser beam to be emitted only when the shutter

for the YAG laser beam is open.

(12)Shutter unitThe shutter unit is a safety unit that shuts off laser beamsmechanically so that the laser beams are kept from being released tothe outside of the laser oscillator abruptly. This unit mainly consistsof a shutter and beam absorber. It is also equipped with aphotoelectric switch to monitor the open/closed status of the shutterfor safety purposes.

Page 44: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

37

(13)Beam absorberWhile the laser osciilator is operating with the shutter closed, the laserbeam is guided into the beam absorber. The beam absorber absorbsnearly 100% of laser beam and is water–cooled, allowing it to safelyabsorb the beam for relatively long periods. For safety, the beamabsorber is equipped with a temperature sensor which allows thesystem to monitor the temperature of the beam absorber.

(14)Fiber coupling unitThe fiber coupling unit converges the laser beams which have passedthrough the shutter unit, and directs them to the optical fiber.YP1000–E is also possible to select a fiber branch unit (power sharingsystem) that can link the laser beam energy to up to three fibers at atime.

(15)Power supply unitThis power supply is used to light the pumping lamp and adjust theamount of pumping light as directed by the controller unit.

(16)RadiatorThe radiator exchanges heat between the external cooling water andair in the cabinet to suppress a temperature rise in the laser oscillator.

(17)De–ionized water circulatorThe de–ionized water circulator is intended to cool the slab–typeNd:YAG crystal and lamps. It consists of the main body, operator’spanel.

(18)De–ionized water circulator (main body)The de–ionized water circulator mainly consists of a pump, heatexchanger, and de–ionized water tank. De–ionized water passesthrough a filter in the tank and is pressurized by the pump. Thede–ionized water releases heat into external cooling water at the heatexchanger. After this, part of the de–ionized water passes through theion exchange resign in the tank, and the other part is supplied to thelaser heat. The de–ionized water returned from the laser head passesthrough the water flow sensor and goes back to the tank. Thede–ionized water filter and ion exchange resin need be replacedperiodically.

(19)De–ionized water circulator (operator’s panel)The operator’s panel has two functions. The first function starts thede–ionized water circulator. The other function indicates varioustypes of alarms related to the de–ionized water circulator and displayswarning messages.The alarms are issued on a low de–ionized water flow rate, low waterlevel in the tank, abnormally high temperature, pump overload, andlower external cooling water flow rate.One of the warning messages indicates a low purity of de–ionizedwater.

(20)Water distributorThe water distributor distributes external cooling water in the laseroscillator to each unit in the laser oscillator. It is provided with a flowsensor that constantly monitors the flow rate.

Page 45: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION B–70294EN/01

38

(21)Dew sensor

The dew sensor unit is installed at the inlet of the water distributor,where dew is more likely to form than in any other portions in the laseroscillator. If dew forms on this unit, an alarm is issued to stop theoperation of the laser oscillator, thereby protecting each unit in thelaser oscillator from damage by dew.

(22)Purge gas controller

The purge gas is supplied to the resonator section to enhance adust–proof effect. The purge gas controller controls the flow rate ofthe purge gas. If the supply pressure of the purge gas becomeslowered, the controller issues an alarm.

(23)Filter unit

The filter unit is used to clean purge gas, trap dust and oil mist, andmake a pressure adjustment. Purge gas is supplied through this unitto the purge gas controller.

(24)Purge filter

The purge filter supplies the purge gas from the purge gas controllerto the resonator section.

(25)Trigger unit

The trigger unit applies a high electric voltage to the pumping lampto light the pumping lamp.

(26)Junction PCB B

This PCB relays the limit switch, beam absorber temperature andpower sensor, dew sensor, external cooling water level sensor, andcabinet temperature sensor signal lines that concentrate on the shuttersection to the interface PCB efficiently.

(27)Hour meter (for the Y1000–E only)

The hour meter indicates the total lamp ON time. It can be used toroughly determine when the lamp will expire.

(28)Input unit

The input unit consists of an interface unit (29), voltage regulator(30), and power magnetics cabinet (31). It transfers signals betweenthe laser oscillation section and the controller unit, and suppliespower to each unit.

(29)Interface unit

The interface unit is connected to the FANUC Series controller via anI/O link to interface with the laser oscillator.

(30)Voltage regulator

This unit generates 24 VDC from 200/220 VAC and supplies it to theinterface unit (29) and other units.

Page 46: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

39

(31)Power magnetics cabinetThe power magnetics cabinet supplies power from the outside to eachunit in the laser oscillator and protects them from overcurrent. Itincorporates an hour meter (for the Y series only) that measures thepower–on time so that it can indicate approximately when the lampis to be replaced. It also incorporates an inverter for controlling thepump of the de–ionized water circulator.

(32)Warning lightIf the pumping lamp (4) is supplied with power, the lighting or theflashing light warns you that the laser beams are being emitted.

(33)Optical fiberThe optical fiber transmits the laser beams, which are converged bythe fiber coupling unit, to the processing nozzle.An optical fiber of graded index (GI) type or step index (SI) type 10,20, or 30 m 50 m long can be selected as a basic option according tothe type of processing to which it is used. Some models do not allowthis optional selection.

(34)Processing nozzleThe processing nozzle converges the laser beams transmitted via theoptical fiber to a beam diameter suitable for processing.

[(35) Controller]

The controller controls the pulse power supply for the YP1000–E.

[(36) Touch display]

The touch display displays parameters of the controller forYP1000–E.

(37)Grounding rodThe grounding rod is intended to prevent shock hazard duringmaintenance. Before attempting to touch the high–voltage section,ground it through the grounding rod.

(38)PLC unitThe PLC unit controls the de–ionized water circulators (18) and (19).It monitors various types of alarm status in the de–ionized water path.

(39)InverterThe inverter controls the pump of the de–ionized water circulator(18).

[(40) Transformer]

For YP1000–E, the transformer steps up the voltage of powersupplied from the outside and applies it to the power supply (16).

Page 47: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

40

4 ����� �������� ��� �������� �����

The FANUC LASER Y/YP series is designed to decrease periodicinspection points and facilitate adjustments.To keep the FANUC LASER Y/YP series in a satisfactory condition fora long time, the user must perform the following daily inspection andmaintenance items. The FANUC LASER Y/YP series is designed topreserve the same performance and reliability as it had when it wasinstalled, provided that the daily inspection and maintenance items areperformed exactly as specified.

Page 48: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

41

Table 4.1 lists the inspection items that must be performed every day. Besure to make the checks listed in the table. If it is time to replace parts(including de–ionized water), replace them promptly.

Table 4.1 FANUC LASER Y/YP series daily inspection items

Item Inspectioninterval Checks and measures

1 Warning lamp onthe de–ionizedwater circulatoroperator’s panel

Daily In the LRDY (or STAND BY) state, check to see if the warning lamp on thede–ionized water circulator is on. If the lamp is on, take a measure accordingto the corresponding maintenance item.

2 Power calibrationcoefficientSee Subsection4.1.1.

Daily Check and record the power calibration coefficient indicated on the NC screenor teach pendant.

By recording the coefficient daily, it is possible to estimate the lifetime of thepumping lamp satisfying the user’s processing conditions. The power calibra-tion coefficient is described in detail in Subsection 4.1.1.

NC : Parameter No. 15204R–J3 : STATUS LASER Calib Coefficient

3 Laser output Weekly Measure the laser output at the tip of the processing nozzle. If the laser outputis at least 10% lower than the processing nozzle tip laser output presented onthe attached data sheets, replace the protect window or the pumping lamp.

(1) Power calibration functionWhen starting up the laser, the operator must check the laseroscillation state under the same conditions. When the robot controlleris used, however, the laser need not be turned off then started backagain to determine a power calibration coefficient. (For details, seethe next subsection.)Based on the power (W) measured at this time, the power calibrationfunction compensates the power for the decrease or increase with thevalue of the current supplied to the pumping lamp so that the powerfrom the output of the laser oscillator (input of the optical fiber) isalways uniform.

Standard current value

Power calibration

The power is calibrated for thedecrease with an increase incurrent.

The power calibration function can be enabled or disabled by changingthe corresponding bit of the following parameter or system variable:

NC : PRM#15000 bit4 = 1 : Enabled 0 : DisabledR–J3 : System variable $LASERSETUP[1].$PWR CALIB = 1 : Enabled 0 : Disabled

4.1DAILY INSPECTION

4.1.1Power CalibrationFunction

Page 49: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

42

(2) Power calibration coefficientParameter indicating the numeric value of the decrease or increase ofthe laser power.NC : Parameter No. 15204 (reference value: 1024, limit value:

1200 for the Y series and 1178 for the YP series)R–J3 : STATUS LASER Calib coefficient

(reference value 1000, limit value: 1200)If the power calibration coefficient is equal to the reference value, thepower is the same as the FANUC factory setting.As the power decreases, the power calibration coefficient increases.

(3) Power calibration warningUsually, the laser power has a tendency to decrease gradually inproportion to the running time of the laser oscillator. The largestcause is the decrease in emission due to the lifetime of the lamp. Tocompensate for the decrease, the lamp current value is increased;however, to prevent the current from exceeding a specific value, alimit value is set for the power calibration coefficient. If the powercalibration coefficient reaches the limit value, the following warningis issued, requesting the operator to replace the lamp.

ALARM.4085 (Coupler cleaning, when the NC is used)LSR–127 (Check lamp/coupler, when the R–J3 is used)

If a warning is issued, it can be cleared by a reset to generate laserbeams. However, keeping the laser oscillator used under thiscondition will lead to a fatal damage to the lamp and for optical parts.The actions against this warning are listed below.1) Replace the pumping lamp with a new one (depending on the

lifetime of the pumping lamp).2) Remove contamination from the optical parts located inside the

laser resonator.3) Remove contamination from the end surface of the slab crystal.4) Others

(1) Overview of the power calibration functionThe power calibration function performs power calibrationcoefficient calculation processing. This calculation is automaticallymade (in the SHIMMER RUN state) when the laser makes atransition from the STANDBY state to the READY state. Moreover,the power calibration function can be executed in the READY state(without making a transition to the POWER OFF ENABLE state).So, production need not be stopped for power calibration, andimmediate recovery is possible.

(2) Power calibration execution conditionsBefore power calibration can be performed in the READY state, allconditions below must be satisfied:� The laser is in the READY state.

� The mechanical shutter lock on the operator’s panel is locked.

� The teach pendant is disabled.

� The SFSPD signal is on.

� No alarm is issued.

� No program is being executed.

4.1.2Power CalibrationOperation (When theRobot Controller IsUsed)

Page 50: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

43

� The value of $LASERSETUP$PWR_CALIB is 1.

� Power calibration is not being executed.

CAUTIONBasically, all of these conditions must also be satisfiedduring power calibration.

(3) Power calibration execution procedureThe power calibration execution procedure is described below.

Manual laser operation screen

3 Power Calibration Condition Stop Current status Not doing Laser is LSTR TRUE Mechanical Shutter TRUE Teach Pendant is OFF TRUE SPSPDsignal is ON TRUE No alarm occur TRUE Program is not run TRUE $PWR_CALIB=1 TRUE Not under Power calib TRUE

[ TYPE ] EQ RUN STOP

This screen displays the conditions required for power calibration andthe current power calibration execution state.Pressing the F4 key (RUN) when the cursor is placed on “PowerCalibration Condition” displays the following prompt message:

Run Calibration?YES NO

Pressing the F4 key (YES) at this time executes power calibration.Pressing the F5 key (NO) does not execute power calibration.� If any of the power calibration execution conditions is unsatisfied

when the RUN key is pressed, a warning message related to theunsatisfied condition is output, and power calibration is notexecuted.

� During power calibration execution, the “BEAM ON” LED on theteach pendant is turned on.

� If power calibration is already being executed, pressing the F4 key(RUN) has no effect.

Pressing the F5 key (STOP) during power calibration displays thefollowing prompt message:

STOP the calibration?YES NO

Pressing the F4 key (YES) at this time displays an alarm indicatingthat power calibration is stopped. Pressing the F5 key (NO) does notstop power calibration.

Page 51: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

44

� Pressing the F5 key (STOP) when power calibration is not beingperformed has no effect.

This screen displays the power calibration state in the READY state.When power calibration is being performed, “Calibrating” isdisplayed. When power calibration is not performed, “Not doing” isdisplayed.

Page 52: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

45

The FANUC LASER Y/YP series has parts to be maintained and replacedperiodically. Table 4.2 lists these parts and the periodic maintenance itemsrelated to them. Maintain the laser oscillator according to the maintenanceintervals listed in the table as a guide and Section 4.1, “Daily Inspection.”

To determine the operating time roughly, use the hour meter, whichindicates the total lamp ON time.Items 1 to 12 must be performed by general users under supervision of atrained person.Item 13 to 23 must be performed by trained users or FANUC servicepersonnel.Items 24 to 26 must be performed by FANUC service personnel.

NOTEThe indicated replacement and maintenance intervals arenot guaranteed values but are standard guideline valuesbased on field records.

Table 4.2 FANUC LASER Y/YP series daily maintenance items

Item Maintenance interval (in units of operation time) To be per-formed by

1 Processing nozzle window cleaning Every 500H or when the output is low General

2 Processing nozzle window replacement Every 1,500H or when the output is low user

3 Pumping lamp replacement 400 H (Y1000–E)30 million shots (YP1000–E)When any of the following is issued:

NC alarm: ALARM 4085R–J3 ALARM: Laser–127

Power calibration warningor, the pumping lamp is damaged(The replacement interval of the pumping lampextensively depends on the user’s processingcondition and laser usage. The values aboveassume that the rated power is specified. WithYP1000–E, it is assumed that a command for 1 kWis specified at a frequency of 100 pps.)

4 External cooling water replacement Every 1,500H or when water quality is deteriorated

Cleaning of external cooling water pipe Every 4,000H or when water quality is deteriorated

5 De–ionized water replenishment and replacement Every 1,500H

6 De–ionized water replacement Every 4,000H or when de–ionized water filter orion exchange resin is replaced

7 Ion exchange resin replacement Every 4,000H or if PURITY WARNING occurs inde–ionized water circulator opreator’s panel

8 De–ionized water filter replacement Every 8,000H or once every two replacements ofion exchange ion

9 Air filter replacement Every 4,000H or if low purge gas alarm occursbecause of a clogged filter

10 Oil mist filter replacement Every 4,000H or if low purge gas alarm occursbecause of a clogged filter

11 Lamp flow tube replacement When the pumping lamp is broken or when waterleaks due to a nicked end

12 Lamp adaptor replacement Every 4,000H or if the contact band is damaged.

4.2DAILYMAINTENANCE

Page 53: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

46

To be per-formed byMaintenance interval (in units of operation time)Item

13 Output coupler cleaning Every 4,000H or when the output is low Trained

14 Rear coupler cleaning Every 4,000H or when the output is low user or

15 Spherical coupler cleaning Every 4,000H or when the output is lowFANUCpersonnel

16 Slab laser crystal end surface cleaning Every 4,000H or when the output is lowpersonnel

17 Fiber coupling unit lens cleaning Every 4,000H or when the output is low

18 Shutter coupler cleaning Every 4,000H or when the output is low

19 Output coupler replacement Every 12,000H or if the coupler is damaged

20 Rear coupler replacement Every 12,000H or if the coupler is damaged

21 Spherical coupler replacement Every 12,000H or if the coupler is damaged

22 Shutter coupler/absorber lens replacement Every 12,000H or if the coupler or lens is dam-aged

23 Fiber coupling unit lens replacement Every 12,000H or if the lens is damaged FANUC

24 Warning light replacement Every 3,000H or when the lamp fails to light personnel

25 Slab seal gasket replacementSlab flow tube o ling replacement

Every 12,000H or if water leaks

26 De–ionized water pump/mechanical seal replace-ment

Every 18,000HIf water leaks from a mechanical seal.

Page 54: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

47

(1) YAG laser protective gogglesThe laser beam emitted from the YAG laser oscillator is invisible tothe human eye because it is near infrared radiation with a wavelengthof 1.06 �m. If you may be exposed to scattered light during laserprocessing or during maintenance, be sure to wear YAG laserprotective goggles for safety. Protective goggles protect your eyesfrom the scattered light of the laser.

Never look at the laser beam through protective goggles.Never irradiate the laser beam directly on the protective goggles.

Able to absorb laser beams completely; wavelength of 1.06 �m. O.D. = 6 or higher

Be sure to specify a YAG laser type (for wavelength of 1.06 �m).

Vendor (example) : JAPAN Yamamoto Optics Co, Ltd. (Safety & Health Care Marketing Department)

Type : YL–300, YL–270, etc.

(2) Laser curtain for the YAG laserThe laser curtain is a measure of protection against the YAG laser.Each operator is to wear protective goggles at all times. However, alaser beam can cause an injury momentarily. So, protective gogglesalone cannot protect unexpected visitors to the laser control area. Thelaser curtain is designed to be used around a laser oscillator, on thelaser control area door window, or with any other existing facility sothat the eyes of persons other than operators can be protected.Never look at the laser beam through the laser curtain.Never irradiate the laser beam directly on the laser curtain.

Able to absorb laser beams completely; wavelength of 1.06 �m, O.D. = 3or higher Be sure to specify a YAG laser type (for wavelength of 1.06 �m).

(3) Measuring instrumentsWe recommend the following maintenance instruments.

Tool Condition Use

AC voltmeter Shall be able to measure 200 VAC.

Permissible error: �2% or lower

Measures AC voltages.

Digital voltmeter or multimeter Maximum scale value: 10 or 30 V

Permissible error: �2% or lower

Measures DC power supply voltages.

Measures laser outputs.

Laser power meter or power probe Maximum measurement range: 1500 W or more.

Permissible error: �5% or lower

Measures laser outputs.

Water temperature gauge Measurable range: 10 to 40 �C

Permissible error: �1 �C

Measures external cooling water inputtemperatures.

Flow meter Measurable range: to 100 liters/min

Permissible error: �5% or lower

Required during installation or externalcooling water flow rate sensor adjust-ment. Prepare a flow meter.

4.3MAINTENANCEINSTRUMENTS

Page 55: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

48

(4) Tools and jigsPrepare maintenance tools and jigs while referencing the followingtable.

Tool Size Use

IR viewer It is recommended to prepare an IR viewer to observe the laser beam during the adjust-ment of the optical axis of the optical fiber cable (fiber alignment) and during the adjust-ment of the optical axis of the resonator.

Vendor (example) : Product of FJW Optical Systems Co., Ltd (see Appendix E.) : FIND–R–SCOPE (INFRARED VIEWER) 1200 nmPart No. 84499 (main body) + part No.80451 (variable iris)

Ball–point hex wrenches Distance between opposite sides: 1.5 mm

For nozzle tip of processing nozzle adjustment

Distance between opposite sides: 2 mm

For beam cover pipe adjustment

Distance between opposite sides: 2.5 mm

For replacement of shutter coupler and other parts

Distance between opposite sides: 3 mm

For replacement of power sensor unit and other parts

Distance between opposite sides: 4 mm

For shutter unit replacement

For replacement of back panel and other parts

For packing kit removal

Distance between opposite sides: 5 mm

For reflector removal

Distance between opposite sides: 6 mm

For de–ionized water circulator replacement

Slot spanner For replacement of couplers and lenses

Regular screwdriver Phillips No. 1 For replacement of fan unit and other parts

Stubby screwdriver Phillips

Precision screwdriver Phillips No. 00

Flat–blade 1.8 m/m

For adjustment of sensors

Adjustable wrench 300 mm

100 mm

For leveler adjustment

For radiator unit replacement

Diagonal cutting pliers

Long–nose pliers

Soldering iron 30 W

Tweezers For replacement of optical parts

Double–ended wrench 10 to 22 mm For replacement of water and gas tube

Penlight For checking of slab end face and coupler cleaning

Hand coupler For checking of slab end face cleaning

Blower For cleaning couplers and lenses

Page 56: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

49

NOTEDo not use any spray as air blow otherwise the liquid in thespray might contaminate optical parts.

Page 57: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

50

This chapter describes those maintenance items that can be performed bygeneral users under supervision of a trained person.Be sure to turn off the power before opening the panel to performmaintenance.

The most frequently replaced component of the YAG laser oscillator is thepumping lamp. Depending on the condition, much spatter is generatedin the pumping lamp, and the spatter absorbs pumped light, thus resultingin a decrease in laser output. This means that the pumping lamp must bereplaced periodically. If the pumping lamp is destroyed to pieces,resulting in a damage to the lamp flow tube, or if the tip of the lamp flowtube is chipped, resulting in water leakage, the lamp flow tube must bereplaced.

(1) When replacing the pumping lamp, be sure to wear gloves for cleanrooms. Moreover, clean the gloves with alcohol sufficiently.

(2) When replacing the pumping lamp, be sure to wear protectivegoggles. The pumping lamp contains high–pressure gas. Wearprotective goggles to protect the eyes from scattering pieces of glassif the pumping lamp is destroyed.

(3) Before installing a new pumping lamp, be sure to clean it with alcoholand cleaning tissue paper then wipe it with dry cleaning tissue paperto remove dirt and dust. Moreover, before installing it, observe itssurface to check that it is not contaminated by dirt and dust.If the surface of the pumping lamp is contaminated by a fingerprintor oily dirt, clean it off by washing the surface of the pumping lampby using cleaning tissue paper soaked with ethyl alcohol.If the surface of the pumping lamp is contaminated by dust, removethe dust by an air blow, then clean it with tissue paper moistened withethyl alcohol.

(4) The pumping lamp has polarity. Before installing a new pumpinglamp, check the polarity indicated by the sticker on the lamp holderor lamp cable to determine the installation direction.The end face of a pumping lamp colored in red represents the anode(+). The electrode with a flat tip in the pumping lamp represents theanode (+).If a pumping lamp is installed in the wrong polarity direction, thepumping lamp can crack in a shorter time or the life of the pumpinglamp can decrease.Check that there is no waterdrop on the YAG crystal end face, opticalcomponents, electrodes, cables, and so forth. If there is a waterdrop,dust, or dirt on the YAG crystal end face or optical components, inparticular, clean it off according to the relevant procedure.

4.4DETAILS OFMAINTENANCE

4.4.1Replacing the PumpingLamp and Lamp FlowTuner

4.4.1.1 Cautions on pumpinglamp replacement

Page 58: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

51

WARNINGTouching the laser resonator chamfer when the power is oncan result in an electrical shock.If you touch the lamp adapter or laser head by hand duringlamp replacement, stop the de–ionized water circulator andturn off the main circuit breaker of the laser oscillatorbeforehand. To the laser head, in particular, a voltage ashigh as 15 to 30 kV is applied when the lamp is turned on(in trigger operation), and 150 to 200 VAC is applied at alltimes during laser oscillator operation.

Use the procedure below when replacing the pumping lamp.

(1) Turn off the circuit breakers on the YAG laser oscillator and control unit.Stop the supply of external cooling water.

(2) Wait about one minute after turning off the circuit breakers.

(3) Check that external cooling water and de–ionized water is notflowing.

(4) Remove the panel and dust cover of the resonator section. Keep theenvironment of the laser oscillator clean so that contaminants such asdust do not get into the resonator section.

(5) Connect the reflector section and lamp adapter (electrode) to groundwith a ground rod.

WARNINGThe pumping lamp contains high–pressure krypton gas. Ifthe pumping lamp is damaged, pieces of broken glass canscatter around. For safety, be sure to wear protectivegoggles.

(6) (YP series only)(6)–1 Remove the nut (M6), spring washer, and washer of the lamp

adapter by using two double–ended wrenches, then disconnect thecable.

(6)–2 Next, loosen the compression cap by hand. (With the YP seriesonly, the cable needs to be disconnected.)

(7) Pull out the lamp adapter slowly. At this time, water leaks. So, laya clean waste cloth under the reflector. When pulling out the lampadapter with the lamp electrode inserted, remove the pumping lampand lamp adapter carefully so that no force is applied to the lampelectrode.

WARNINGDo not touch the pumping lamp directly with bare hands. Besure to wear rubber gloves for clean rooms.(Even if you wear rubber gloves, never touch the pumpinglamp whenever possible.)

4.4.1.2 Pumping lampreplacement procedure

Page 59: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

52

(8) Pull out the pumping lamp toward the rear coupler/output coupler.If the pumping lamp cannot be pulled out, push it out toward thespherical coupler with a probe cleaned by alcohol. Be careful not tobreak the pumping lamp.

(9) If the pumping lamp is already broken, replace the lamp flow tube aswell. At this time, remove all pieces of broken glass and particularlywater from the lamp flow tube completely, and plug the sphericalcoupler side, then pull it out toward the rear coupler/output coupler.If the reflector contains waterdrops, those waterdrops are evaporatedby light pumped by the pumping lamp, causing condensation in theoptical components inside the reflector. This condensation candecrease the level of output. (See flow tube replacement 4.4.1.4)

(10)Prepare a new lamp. Clean a new lamp by using lens cleaning tissuepaper moistened with alcohol, then wipe the new lamp by using lenscleaning tissue paper only.

(11)Check the orientation of the electrode. The sharp tip represents theminus (–) electrode.

A. Shape of the cathode (–) B. Shape of the anode (+)

Fig.4.4.1.2 (a) Shapes of Y1000–E pumping lamp electrodes

(12)Insert the pumping lamp into the laser head slowly. Handle it verycarefully. Otherwise, the pumping lamp and lamp flow tube can bedamaged.

(13)After inserting the pumping lamp, insert the right–hand lampelectrode (rear coupler/output coupler side), as viewed when you facethe laser head, into the lamp adapter. At this time, insert the lampelectrode as shown below.

5 mm or more Lamp adapterLamp

Fig.4.4.1.2 (b) Method of electrode insertion

Page 60: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

53

A. Correct B. Incorrect

Fig.4.4.1.2 (c) Method of lamp adapter insertion

(14)Insert the pumping lamp together with the lamp adapter. Then, attacha lamp adapter to the other side. After checking that the tip of thepumping lamp is inserted into the adapter of the other side, push theadapter of the other side slowly.

(15)Secure the compression cap completely. (Finger tighten only)

(16)Pull the lamp adapters at both ends evenly at the same time up to thebutt sections. If the compression caps are secured firmly, the lampadapters are not pulled out. The pulling of each lamp adapter isnormal when two mark–off lines appear as shown below.

Lamp adapter

Compression cap

Pull in this directionÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Mark–off lines

Fig.4.4.1.2 (d) Lamp adapter mounting position

Page 61: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

54

Fig.4.4.1.2 (e) Lamp adapter mounting position (Pull the lamp adapters in the arrow directions.)

(17)Install the door interlock defeat tools intro the door interlock switche.(Remove the defeat tools after step (18).)

(18)Activate the de–ionized water circulator in the local mode (with thepower to the CNC or robot controller turned on). Then, check thatthere is no water leakage.

(19)Wipe off leaked water nearby. Check if there are waterdrops on thecouplers and crystal end face, and check also if the water leakagesensor placed under the laser head is wet. If the water leakage sensoris wet, wipe off the water softly with cleaning tissue paper. At thistime, do not rub the sensor surface strongly with a material such asa cloth. Otherwise, the sensor surface will be damaged to disablewaterdrops from being detected.

(20)Check the cabling to see if the lamp cable interferes with the laserradiation area.

(21)After closing the panel and dust cover, wait about 15 minutes until theresonator is filled with dry and clean air.

(22)Restart the laser oscillator and check the power calibrationcoefficient, then resume processing.

Page 62: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

55

Lampshape

Lamplocation

Fig.4.4.1.2 (f) Method of pumping lamp replacement (Y1000–E, YP1000–E)

Page 63: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

56

Replace the lamp adapter in the following case:

(1) When an electrode of the pumping lamp has a line–shaped burn losingmetallic gloss (This can be checked when the pumping lamp isreplaced.)

Discharge burns losing metallic gloss areobsetved on the lamp adapter contact section.

Fig.4.4.1.3 (a) Burned state of pumping lamp electrode

Use the procedure below when replacing the lamp adapter.

(1) Turn off the circuit breakers on the YAG laser oscillator and controlunit.

(2) Wait about one minute after turning off the circuit breakers.(3) Check that de–ionized water is not flowing.(4) Remove the dust cover and so forth. Keep the environment of the

laser oscillator clean so that contaminants such as dust do not get intothe resonator section.

(5) Connect the reflector section <1> and lamp adapter <2> (electrode)to ground with a ground rod.

(6) When the pumping lamp <7> is removed, de–ionized water leaks.So, lay a clean waste cloth under the lamp adapter <2>.

(7) Remove the nut (M6), spring washer, and washer of the lamp adapter<2> by using two double–ended wrenches, then disconnect the cable.Next, loosen the compression cap <3> by hand.When loosening the nut and disconnecting the cable from the lampadapter <2>, be careful not to apply an excessive force.

(8) Remove the lamp adapter <2> and pumping lamp <7>.(9) Prepare a new lamp adapter <2>. Visually check that there is no flaw

on the main body and O–ring.

4.4.1.3 Lamp adapterreplacement procedure

Page 64: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

57

(10)Insert the pumping lamp <7>, and reassemble the disassembledcomponents by reversing the procedure above. Insert the pumpinglamp slowly so that the glass components are not damaged by hittingeach other. (See the pumping lamp replacement procedure.)At this time, run the cable away from the central beam axis so that thelamp cable does not interfere with the laser radiation area. Do not usea pumping lamp that has an electrode with burns. Replace such apumping lamp with a new one.

(11)Install the door interlock defeat tools intro the door interlock switche.(Remove the defeat tools after step (12).)

(12)Activate the de–ionized water circulator in the local mode (with thepower to the CNC or robot controller turned on). Then, check thatthere is no water leakage.

(13)After closing the panel and dust cover, wait about 15 minutes until theresonator is filled with dry and clean air.

(14)Start the laser oscillator up to the point where the oscillation readystate (LSTR: flashing light turned on/blinking) is set, then check thatno alarm is issued.

Use the procedure below when replacing the lamp flow tube (glass tubefor pumping lamp cooling).

(1) Turn off the circuit breakers on the YAG laser oscillator and controlunit. Stop the supply of external cooling water.

(2) Wait about one minute after turning off the circuit breakers.

(3) Check that external cooling water and de–ionized water is notflowing.Open the drainage valve of external cooling water to release anyremaining pressure. (The procedure for external cooling water isrequired only when the reflector <1> is removed.)

(4) Remove the panels (for the ceiling and resonator side) and dust coverof the resonator section. Keep the environment of the laser oscillatorclean so that contaminants such as dust do not get into the resonatorsection. (The ceiling panel needs to be removed only when thereflector <1> is removed.)

(5) Connect the reflector section <1> and lamp adapter <2> (electrode)to ground with a ground bar. To ensure that no power remains at lampadapter.

WARNINGThe pumping lamp contains high–pressure krypton gas. Ifthe pumping lamp is damaged, pieces of broken glass canscatter around. For safety, be sure to wear protectivegoggles.

(6) When the pumping lamp <7> is removed, water leaks. So, lay a cleanwaste cloth under the lamp adapter <2>.

(7) Remove the nut (M6), spring washer, and washer <4> of the lampadapter <2> by using two double–ended wrenches, then disconnectthe cable. Next, loosen the compression cap <3> by hand. (With theYP series only, the cable needs to be disconnected.) When looseningthe nut <4> or disconnecting the cable from the lamp adapter <2>, becareful not to apply an excessive force.

4.4.1.4 Lamp flow tubereplacement procedure

Page 65: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

58

(8) Remove the lamp adapter <2> and pumping lamp <7>.

(9) Remove the lamp holder <8> (resin holder) and heat sink. At thistime, note down the polarity positions of the pumping lamp <7>.

(10)Remove the O–rings <5> (JB–OR4C–P15: 2 O–rings on each end;4 O–rings per tube in total), then pull out the flow tube <9>. The flowtube still contains many waterdrops. So, remove those waterdrops byabsorbing them with cleaning tissue paper, and plug the sphericalcoupler side, then pull out the flow tube toward the rearcoupler/output coupler. If the reflector contains waterdrops, thosewaterdrops are evaporated by light pumped, causing condensation inthe optical components. This condensation can decrease the level ofoutput.

(11)If water leaks because the lamp flow tube itself has broken or anO–ring of the tube has deteriorated, remove the two water joints, fourbolts (M6), and trigger cable of the reflector <1> (upper), then removethe reflector (upper) upward. If the lamp flow tube is normal, or nowater leakage into the reflector is observed, the reflector needs not beremoved.

NOTETo attach or remove the reflector <1>, move it in the directionof beam radiation. If the reflector is moved across thereflector LW, waterdrops from the water coupling areincorporated into the reflector, causing internal contamination.

(12)If the flow tube <9> has broken and the reflector <1> containsfragments, remove those fragments. Use a pair of tweezers to removelarger fragments. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove smaller fragments.Do not use an adhesive such as adhesive tape on the inner surface ofthe reflector. The inner surface of the reflector can be flawed veryeasily. Do not perform an operation such as rubbing. A flaw on theinner surface of the reflector can seriously affect the performance ofthe laser.

(13)If waterdrops remain on the inner surface of the reflector <1> or onthe outer surface of the flow tube <10> (�35) for the crystal, wipe offthe waterdrops with cleaning tissue paper, and check that there is nowaterdrop, dust, and broken glass pieces on the inner surface of thereflector. The inner surface of the reflector can be flawed very easily.Remove waterdrops by absorbing them with cleaning tissue paper.Waterdrops may remain in the through hole for installing the flowtube <9>. Wipe off those waterdrops if any.

(14)Prepare a new flow tube <9> and new O–rings <5> (JB–OR4C–P15:2 O–rings on each end; 4 O–rings per tube in total).Visually check that there is no flaw on the flow tube.Wear gloves for clean rooms when handling the flow tube as with thepumping lamp <7>. Clean the outer and inner surfaces of the flowtube by using ethyl alcohol and cleaning tissue paper. Moreover, wipeoff any dirt and dust with dry and clean cleaning tissue paper. Whenreplacing the flow tube, be sure to use new O–rings <5>.

(15)Insert the flow tube <9> with the O–rings (2 on each end).Check the left and right sides so that the flow tube is installed at thecenter of the reflector <1>. The tube projection length from themechanical section is to be about 1.5 to 2.0 mm on each side.

(16)Install the lamp holder <8> and heat sink. Pay attention to the polarityof the pumping lamp. At this time, ensure that the O–ring <11>(JB–OR4C–P12.5) for the lamp holder is not removed.

Page 66: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

59

(17)Install the reflector <1> (upper) at the original location, then attachthe external cooling water tube and trigger tube.In order to prevent any dirt and dust from being attached to thereflector surface and prevent the reflector surface from being flawed,remove dust by an air blow and install the reflector slowly to ensurethat it does not interfere with other components.

(18)Insert a new pumping lamp <7>, then reinstall the pumping lamp byreversing the procedure above.Insert the pumping lamp slowly to prevent the glass components fromhitting and damaging each other. (See the pumping lamp replacementprocedure.)At this time, run the cable for lamp connection away from the centralbeam axis so that the lamp cable does not interfere with the laserradiation area.

(19)Tighten the valve for external cooling water drainage.

(20)Wipe off leaked water nearby. Check if there are waterdrops on thecouplers and crystal end face, and check also if the water leakagesensor placed under the laser head is wet. If the water leakage sensoris wet, wipe off the water softly with cleaning tissue paper. At thistime, do not rub the sensor surface strongly with a material such asa cloth. Otherwise, the sensor surface can be damaged to disablewaterdrops from being detected.

(21)After closing the panels and dust cover, wait about 15 minutes untilthe resonator is filled with dry and clean air. Start the laser oscillatorup to the point where the oscillation ready state (LSTR: flashing lightturned on/blinking) is set, then check that no alarm is issued.

Cautions on replacing the lamp flow tube

1 When replacing the lamp flow tube, be sure to wear gloves for clean rooms. Moreover, cleanthe gloves with alcohol sufficiently.

2 Before installing a new lamp flow tube <9>, be sure to clean it with alcohol and cleaning tissuepaper then wipe it with dry cleaning tissue paper to remove dirt and dust. Moreover, beforeinstalling it, check its surface to ensure that it is not contaminated by dirt and dust.If the surface of the tube is contaminated by a fingerprint or oily dirt, clean it off by washing thesurface of the pumping lamp by using cleaning tissue paper soaked with ethyl alcohol.If the surface of the tube is contaminated by dust, remove the dust by an air blow, then cleanit with lens cleaning tissue paper moistened with ethyl alcohol.For the method of pumping lamp installation, see the pumping lamp replacement procedure.

Page 67: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

60

Fig.4.4.1.4 (a) Lamp flow tube replacement procedure

Page 68: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

61

With the YAG laser oscillator, two types of water are used: de–ionizedwater and external cooling water. The purity of de–ionized watercirculating in the laser oscillator gradually decreases as the water isexposed to the atmosphere, for example, when the pumping lamp isreplaced. To maintain the purity of de–ionized water, a filter for removingforeign matter such as dust and an ion exchange resin for absorbing ionsare used. These components need to be replaced periodically.

To replace the de–ionized water, use the following procedure.

(1) Turn off the braker of YAG laser oscillator and control unit.

(2) Unlock the water tank retaining metal, and pull out the water tank.(See Fig. 4.4.2.1 (a).)

(3) Remove the water tank cover.

(4) Get a pan (having a capacity of at least 20 liters) ready to receivede–ionized water from the water tank.

(5) Detach the end of the hose from the water tank and tilt it toward thefront, then uncap it to drain the de–ionized water.(See Fig. 4.4.2.1 (b).) Do not reuse the drained de–ionized water.

Pull up.

Water tank

Fig.4.4.2.1 (a) How to pull out the water tank

Cap

Hose

Capacity (20 liters or more)

To drain water, detach the tip of thehose from the water tank and tilt ittoward the front, then uncap it.

Fig.4.4.2.1 (b) How to drain de–ionized water

4.4.2De–ionized Water andFilter/Ion ExchangeResin Replacement

4.4.2.1 De–ionized waterreplacement method

Page 69: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

62

(6) Prepare de–ionized water.The water tank has a capacity of about 40 liters. When watercirculation begins, the water level becomes lower. So, prepare at leastabout 40 liters plus 10 liters (that will be held in the laser oscillatorpiping) of de–ionized water.

(7) Supply de–ionized water to the tank until the water level reaches thetop (A) of the green line indicated on the label that is located on theleft side of the water tank.(See Fig. 4.4.2.1 (c).)

Green

Yellow

Red

Fig.4.4.2.1 (c) De–ionized water label in the water tank

(8) Fasten the water tank lid with screws, put the water tank in theprevious place, and lock the water tank retaining metal.

(9) Check the suction hose of the pump. If there is air in the hose, removethe air release plug from the pump, and pour de–ionized water intothe hose and pump. When the pump is filled with de–ionized water,insert and fasten the air release plug securely. Use caution becausethe air bleed plug may overflow with de–ionized water. (See Fig.4.4.2.1 (d) and (e).)

Fig.4.4.2.1 (d) Outer of liquid cooler (Y1000A, YP1000A)

Page 70: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

63

Fig.4.4.2.1 (e) Liquid cooler operator’s panel

(10)Turn on the braker of YAG Laser oscillator and control unit and turnon the power of the CNC or the robot controller. Set theREMOTE/LOCAL changeover switch on the laser cabinet toLOCAL, and press the RUN/STOP switch to start local operation.

(See Fig. 4.4.2.1 (e).)

NOTECheck the water level in the water tank. When it drops to thecenter (C) of the yellow line, press the RUN/STOP switchto stop operation.

(11)Repeat steps (2) to (10) until the water level settles between (A) and(B).

NOTEIf the WATER LEVEL alarm lamps lights during the localoperation mentioned in step (10), press RESET andRUN/STOP in the stated sequence.

(12)It is recommended that the following flushing steps be executed whenthe laser oscillator is used for the first time, so as to keep the laseroscillator in a better operating condition.

Page 71: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

64

(12)–1 Continue local operation for about 30 minutes after the water levelsettles.

(12)–2 Drain the de–ionized water once, and repeat steps (2) to (10). Startproduction run after the water level settles.

To replace the de–ionized water filter, use the following procedure.

(1) Drain the de–ionized water out of the water tank while referencingSubsection 4.4.2.1.

(2) Wear the gloves (powder–free latex gloves for use in a clean room)that were supplied together with the laser oscillator. Wipe the globesclean with alcohol.

(3) Replace the de–ionized water filter with a new one. See Fig. 4.4.2.2for explanations about how to mount the filter.

(4) Pour de–ionized water into the water tank while referencingSubsection 4.4.2.1.

Front view Gloves

Screw in

De–ionizedwater filter

Fig.4.4.2.2 (a) De–ionized water filter mounting method

To replace the ion exchange resin, use the following procedure.

(1) Drain the de–ionized water out of the water tank while referencingSubsection 4.4.2.1.

(2) Wear the gloves (powder–free latex gloves for use in a clean room)that were supplied together with the laser oscillator. Wipe the globesclean with alcohol.

(3) Replace the ion exchange resin with a new one. See Fig. 4.4.2.3 forexplanations about how to mount the ion exchange resin.

(4) Pour de–ionized water into the water tank while referencingSubsection 4.4.2.1.

NOTEA new type of ion exchange resin is now available. A certaindirection was specified for the installation of the old type ofion exchange resin. On the other hand, no direction isspecified for installation of the new type. The new type isupward compatibility with the old type, so that both the oldand new types can be used.

4.4.2.2 De–ionized water filterreplacement method

4.4.2.3 Ion exchange resinreplacement method

Page 72: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

65

Ion exchange resin

Front view Gloves

Screw in

Note) Watch forthe direction ofthe arrow.(Be sure toinstall the ionexchange resinexactly in the in-dicated orienta-tion.)

Fig.4.4.2.3 (a) Ion exchange resin filter mounting method

New type

Old type

Fig.4.4.2.3 (b) Outer diagram (ion exchange regin filter)

To protect the optical components making up the YAG laser oscillatorfrom dust, purge air must be supplied. Purge air is cleaned by passing itthrough an air filter and oil mist filter. Dust builds up on the element ofthe air filter and the mantle of the oil mist as they are used, so that thefilters need to be replaced periodically.

Use the procedure below when replacing the element.

(1) Stop the purge gas supply unit, then check that no pressure exists inthe component.

(2) While holding down the latch with a finger, turn the bowl guard andbowl by 45° (until the mark of the latch matches the mark of thebody) clockwise or counterclockwise.

(3) The bowl and bowl guard can be removed together by pulling themdownward.

(4) Remove the baffle screwed into the body, by turning it. The baffle hasa hexagonal hole at its bottom. So, the baffle can be removed easilyby turning it with an Allen wrench.

(5) The looper, element, and baffle can be disassembled by extracting thelooper by hand.

4.4.3Filter Unit(Element/Mantle)Replacement

4.4.3.1 Element (air filter)replacement procedure

Page 73: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

66

(6) Replace the element with a new one, then install it by reversing theprocedure above. Tighten the baffle with a tightening torque of about2 N•m (20 kgf•cm).

(7) Before supplying purge air, check that the latch is seated securely inthe concave of the body.

(8) Check if the regulator pressure has reached about 0.2 MPa. If thepressure does not increase to this level, purge air may be leaking fromthe drain. Plug the drain temporarily and check that the regulatorpressure sufficiently increases. Then, open the drain.

Use the procedure below when replacing the mantle.

(1) Stop the purge gas supply unit, then check that no pressure exists inthe component.

(2) While holding down the latch with a finger, turn the bowl guard andbowl by 45° (until the mark of the latch matches the mark of thebody) clockwise or counterclockwise.

(3) The bowl and bowl guard can be removed together by pulling themdownward.

(4) Remove the baffle screwed into the body, by turning it. The baffle hasa hexagonal hole at its bottom. So, the baffle can be removed easilyby turning it with an Allen wrench.

(5) When installing a mantle, apply a thin coat of lithium soap basedgrease (equivalent to Daphne Eponex Grease No. 1) to the O–ringdelivered with the mantle, then attach the O–ring to the mantle. Whenmounting the mantle onto the body, do not hold the urethane formsection but hold resin cap section. Tighten the mantle with atightening torque of about 2 N•m (20 kgf•cm).

(6) Before supplying purge air, check that the latch is seated securely inthe concave of the body.

(7) Check if the regulator pressure has reached about 0.2 MPa. If thepressure does not increase to this level, purge air may be leaking fromthe drain. Plug the drain temporarily and check that the regulatorpressure sufficiently increases. Then, open the drain.

4.4.3.2 Mantle (oil mist filter)replacement procedure

Page 74: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

67

Fig.4.4.3.2 (a) Detailed diagram of purge filter unit

Mantle (Red)

Fig.4.4.3.2 (b) Filter element/mantle replacement procedure

Page 75: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

68

The YAG laser beams generated in the FANUC LASER–MODEL Y/YPseries are transmitted through the optical fiber and so forth to theprocessing nozzle, which in turn emits and converges the laser beams.When the converged laser beams are radiated to the target workpiece, theworkpiece develops spatters. The protective window is intended toprotect the converging lenses in the processing nozzle from spattersduring processing. The protective window needs cleaning andreplacement on a daily maintenance level. See the following table forcleaning and replacement guidelines.

Periodic maintenance item Timing of maintenance Approximate timing of replacement

Processing nozzle window cleaning When the laser output was found to below during daily maintenance

Every 500H(depending on the environment)

Processing nozzle window replace-ment

When cleaning failed to recover thenormal output power

Every 1,500H(depending on the environment)

CAUTIONWhen cleaning or replacing the protective window, do nottouch it with the bare hand; wear clean gloves, orthumbstalls and fingerstalls.Use a protective window specified by FANUC. Do not useflat glass. The protective window has a coating on it to allowYAG laser beams to be transmitted efficiently. If flat glasswith no AR coating is used, normal processing performancemay not be obtained.

To replace the processing nozzle, use the following procedure whileseeing Fig. 4.4.4.1.

(1) After turning off the power to the CNC, set the laser oscillator maincircuit breaker or supply power to OFF.

(2) When removing the protective window, keep the robot’s processingnozzle horizontal or slightly upward so as to keep the window fromdropping.

(3) Take out the nozzle holder <1> together with the nozzle tip (made ofcopper) from the main body by removing four hexagon socket headbolts (M3�8), while being careful not to drop the O–ring <2>.

(4) After the nozzle holder <1> is removed, remove the O–ring (S22)<2>, stage retainer <3>, O–ring (S35), and window retainer <5> inthe stated sequence.

(5) Take out the protective window <7> by removing the O–ring (1028)<6>.

(6) Place the protective window <7> on lens cleaning paper.

(7) Send blasts of clean, dry air onto the protective window <7> toremove dust and other foreign matter. Cover the protective windowwith lens cleaning paper. Then, spray ethyl alcohol or lens cleanerover the protective window through the lens cleaning paper on it.

(8) Slide the lens cleaning paper laterally.

4.4.4Processing NozzleProtective WindowCleaning AndReplacement

4.4.4.1 Processing nozzle(A04B–0850–H300/D***,A04B–0850–H314/D*** forstandard processing)

Page 76: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

69

(9) Send blasts of fresh, dry air onto the protective window to evaporatethe ethyl alcohol or lens cleaner.

(10)Repeat steps (7) to (9) until the protective window <7> becomescompletely clean. If it is impossible to clean it completely, replaceit with a new one.

(11)After the protective window <7> is cleaned or replaced, mount it onthe processing head, and insert the O–ring (1028) <6>, windowretainer <5>, O–ring (S35) <4>, stage retainer <3>, and O–ring (S22)<2> in the stated sequence. Note that the mounting groove for theO–ring (S35) <4> is oval.

(12)Mount the nozzle holder section <1>, and fasten it with four hexagonsocket head bolts (M3�8).

(13)Set the laser oscillator main circuit breaker and supply power to ON,and turn on the power to the laser control unit.

(14)Turn the LD guide light ON and open the shutter. Check that thenozzle is located at the center of the processing head tip. If the nozzleis not at the center, adjust set screw <9> to center the nozzle.

Fig.4.4.4.1 The way of change a window (A04B–0850–H300/D**/A04B–0850–H314/D**)

Page 77: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

70

To replace the processing nozzle, use the following procedure whileseeing Fig. 4.4.4.2.

(1) Follow steps (1) and (2) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

(2) Remove the nozzle holder section <1> from the main unit byremoving the three hexagon socket head cap screws (M4(10) withoutdetaching the nozzle tip (made of copper). At this time, be careful notto drop the O–ring <2> (2056).

(3) Remove the retaining ring (screw) <3> and ring <4> in the statedsequence from the main body, then take out the protective window<5> while being careful not to drop the O–ring (2042) <6>.

(4) Place the protective window <5> on lens cleaning tissue paper, andfollow steps (6) to (10) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

(5) After the above work is completed, reassemble by reversing steps (2)and (3).

(6) Follow steps (13) and (14) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

Fig.4.4.4.2 The way of change a window (A04B–0850–H305)

4.4.4.2 Processing nozzle(A04B–0850–H305, forprecision processing)

Page 78: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

71

To replace the processing nozzle, use the following procedure whileseeing Fig. 4.4.4.3.

(1) Follow step (1) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

(2) Shift the O–ring (3067) <2>, and take out the window holder <6>from the nozzle main body <1> while being careful not to drop thewindow holder <3>.

(3) Remove the window holder <3> and the O–ring <5> in the statedsequence from the main body, then take out the protective window<4>.

(4) Place the protective window <5> on lens cleaning paper, and followsteps (6) to (10) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

(5) After the above work is completed, reassemble by reversing steps (2)and (3).

(6) Follow steps (13) and (14) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

Fig.4.4.4.3 Replacing protective window (A04B–0850–H309/D**)

4.4.4.3 Processing nozzle(A04B–0850–H309/D**,for precision processing)

Page 79: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

72

To replace the fiber receptacle, use the following procedure while seeingFig. 4.4.4.4.

(1) Follow steps (1) and (2) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

(2) Remove the four hexagon socket head bolts (M4�16) that retain thereceptacle <1> while being careful not to allow dust or any otherforeign matter to get in the processing nozzle.

(3) Remove the window holder <4> and the retaining ring (screw) <2>,then take out the protective window <3>.

(4) Place the protective window <3> on lens cleaning tissue paper, andfollow steps (6) to (10) in Subsection 4.4.4.1.

(5) After the above work is completed, reassemble by reversing steps (2)and (3).

Fig.4.4.4.4 Replacing protective window (A04B–0857–J301)

4.4.4.4 Fiber receptacle(A04B–0857–J301)

Page 80: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

73

With the FANUC LASER–MODEL Y/YP series, fuses are used in units.The locations where fuses are installed are shown below. When a fuseneeds to be replaced, see the diagram.

The figure below shows the locations where fuses are installed withY1000–E.The stabilized power supply of Y1000–E is shared for YP1000–E.

Fig.4.4.5.1 (a) Diagram indicating locations where units with fuses are mounted (Y1000–E)

Fuse locatoin1 pcs

Fig.4.4.5.1 (b) Detailed interface diagram

4.4.5Fuse ReplacementProcedure

4.4.5.1 Y1000–E fuse mountingdiagram

Page 81: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

74

Fuse locatoin

Fig.4.4.5.1 (c) Detailed diagram of stabilized power supply

The figure below shows the locations where fuses are installed withYP1000–E.The stabilized power supply of YP1000–E is shared for Y1000–E.

Fig.4.4.5.2 (a) Diagram indicating locations where units with fuses are mounted (YP1000–E)

4.4.5.2 YP1000–E fuseinstallation diagram

Page 82: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

75

Fuse location Fuse location

Fig.4.4.5.2 (b) Detailed interface diagram

Fuse locationFuse for 3A

Front

Back

Fig.4.4.5.2 (c) Detailed diagram of power supply controller

Page 83: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

76

Fuse locationFuse for 2A

Fuse locationFuse for 1A

Fuse locationFuse for 5A

Fig.4.4.5.2 (d) Detailed diagram of power supply

Page 84: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

77

Prepare the consumables listed below by buying them.

(1) Fuses:

Specification Quantity per unit Rating Use

A60L–0001–0175/3.2A 2 (YP 1000–E) 3.2A For 200 VAC on interface board

A60L–0001–0175/3.2A 1 (Y 1000–E) 3.2A For 5 VDC on interface board

A60L–0001–0175/0.3A 1 (YP 1000–E) 0.3A For �15V on interface board

A60L–0001–0175/3.2A 2 (all models) 3.2A For 200 VAC input to voltage regulator(A20B–1005–0124)

A60L–0001–0369/A1 3 (YP1000–E) 1.0A

A60L–0001–0369/A1 4 (YP1000–E) 1.0A See the replacement procedure of (F2, F3)fuse for power supply

A60L–0001–0369/A2 2 (YP1000–E) 2.0A See the replacement procedure of (F1) fusefor power supply

A60L–0001–0369/A5 2 (YP1000–E) 5.0A See the replacement procedure of (F4) fusefor power supply

A60L–0001–0369/A3.15 1 (YP1000–E) 3.15A For controller

(2)–1 Pumping lamp:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A49L–0001–0057/B 4 Y1000–E

A49L–0001–0064 4 YP1000–E For standard use

A49L–0001–0078 4 YP1000–E For high–repetitive use

CAUTIONReplace all the lamps at one time.

4.5MAJORMAINTENANCEPARTS

Page 85: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

78

(2)–2 Lamp flow tube:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A290–4601–X009 4 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(2)–3 O–ring for lamp flow tube:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

JB–OR4C–P15 16 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(3)–1 De–ionized water:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A97L–0004–0635/20L 2 or more Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(3)–2 De–ionized water filter:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A98L–0001–0885 2 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(3)–3 Ion exchange resin:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A98L–0001–0886 1 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(4)–1 Lamp holder:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A290–4604–V030 8 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(4)–2 O–ring for lamp holder:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

JB–OR4C–P12.5 8 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(5)–1 Lamp adapter:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

A290–4607–V031 8 Y1000–E

A290–4604–V031 8 YP1000–E

(5)–2 O–ring for lamp adapter:

Specification Quantity per unit Model

JB–OR4C–P10 16 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

Page 86: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

79

(6) Purge gas filter:

Optical part Specification Quantityper unit Model

Filter element A98L–0001–0908/B 1 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

Mantle fitting A98L–0001–0909/B 1 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

Purge filter A97L–0200–0721 1 Y1000–E, YP1000–E

(7) Consumables for optical part cleaning:

Item Specification Use

Ethyl alcohol For optical part cleaning

Cleaning tissue BEMCOT LINT FREE

Lint–free PS–2

manufactured by Asahi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

For optical part cleaning

Paper–stick cotton swab NID paper–stick cotton swab (Cotton Buds)

(manufactured by Daiei Co., Ltd.)

For cleaning optical parts and slabend surface

Rubber gloves Rubber gloves for use in clean room

(powder–free)

For replacing pumping lamp, de–ionized–water filter, and ion ex-change resin

Page 87: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

80

External cooling water needs to be supplied to the laser oscillator to coolde–ionized water used with the de–ionized water circulator equiped intothe main laser oscillator unit and to cool those units inside the laseroscillator that require water cleaning. The table below indicates the specifications for external cooling water.

����� 4.6.1 Specifications for cooling water used with refrigerator airconditioners (JRA–9001–1980)

Item Supply waterreference value

pH (25C°) 6.0 to 8.0

Conductivity (25C°)(�/Scm) 200 or less

Standard Chlorine ion Cl–(ppm) 20 or lessStandarditems Sulfate ion SO4

2–(ppm) 20 or less

Methyl orange alkalinity CaCO3(ppm) 50 or less

Total hardness CaCO3(ppm) 50 or less

Iron Fe(ppm) 0.3 or less

Reference Sulfur ion S2–(ppm) Not to be detected

items Ammonium ion NH4+(ppm) 0.3 or less

Ionized silica SiO2(ppm) 30 or less

The table below indicates the specifications for an external cooling waterchiller unit.The user is to prepare an external cooling water chiller unit that satisfiesthe specified values.

����� 4.6.2 Specifications for external cooling water chiller unit

Item Specified value

Cooling water flow rate 80 liters/min

Cooling capacity 35 kw

Circulating water system One system

Circulating water temperature control range 20 to 30 C°

Circulating water temperature stability �2 C°

Circulating water pressure 0.35 to 0.45 Mpa

Cooling systemWater cooling system or

air cooling system

4.6EXTERNAL COOLINGWATER

4.6.1Specifications forExternal Cooling Water

4.6.2Specifications forExternal Cooling WaterChiller Unit

Page 88: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

81

Check that the external cooling water chiller unit has the followingaccessories and capabilities:

� Water filter

� Water valve

� Flow switch

� Capability of the external cooling water chiller unit to operate in thelocal mode

� Interface that enables the external cooling water chiller unit to beexternally turned on and off

(CLON signal)

� Contact interface that can notify other units that the external coolingwater chiller unit is operating normally (CLRDY signal). That is, thecapability of the contact ON signal to be output when operation isnormal with no alarms issued for the circulating water flow rate, watertemperature, water level, and the overheat protection switch, high/lowpressure switch, thermal switch, and so forth of the chiller unit.

For the piping between the external cooling water chiller unit and laseroscillator, use a material (such as stainless or polyethylene hose) that doesnot cause rust and corrosion in the circulating water piping.

CAUTIONDo not use an iron pipe. Rust can occur in the pipe, thusclogging the heat exchanger and tube in the laser oscillator.

To protect against corrosion caused by cooling water and replace coolingwater less frequently, add the corrosion–resistant agent indicated belowimmediately after the chiller unit installation. For details, consult withthe chiller unit manufacturer.

Product name : CONTLIME K–6000Manufacturer : Mitsubishi Gas ChemicalUse method : Add the corrosion–resistant agent to cooling water so

that the concentration is 1000 to 2000 ppm. (Add 200to 200 cc to 100 liters of cooling water.)Check the concentration of the corrosion–resistantagent monthly by using concentration test paperprepared for the corrosion–resistant agent. Add thecorrosion–resistant agent so that the concentration isabout 1000 to 2000 ppm.

Concentration test paper:Purchase a concentration test set (50 sheets of testpaper + dropping pipette, etc.) together withCONTLIME K–600. (Manufacturer: Mitsubishi GasChemical)

Even if the concentration is controlled using the corrosion–resistantagent, be sure to replace cooling water once a year.

4.6.3Corrosion–ResistantAgent

Page 89: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

82

CAUTIONDo not use the corrosion–resistant agent for de–ionized watercirculating in the YAG laser laser oscillator. Otherwise, thepurity and conductivity of de–ionized water can degrade,resulting in a secondary failure such as decreased power andwater leakage due to deteriorated gasket material.

CAUTIONDo not use the corrosion–resistant agent for potable water.When handling the corrosion–resistant agent, wear rubbergloves, and be careful not to touch the corrosion–resistantagent directly with bare hands. If the skin touches thecorrosion–resistant agent, or the agent gets into the eye,wash off the agent by using a large amount of waterimmediately. If an abnormality is observed after washing,receive medical treatment from a doctor.

CAUTIONIf an agent such as corrosion–resistant agent is added toomuch or cooling water is concentrated by a cleaning tower,the conductivity of external cooling water can increase, sothat the trigger voltage can decrease when the pumpinglamp is turned on in the shimmer mode.

Y1000–E NC Alarm 4066 DISCHARGINGY1000–E R–J3 Laser 095 Lamp discharge starting errorYP1000–E Alarm 4145 REFER TOUCH DISPLAY

(TRIGGER ERROR)

The pumping lamp may not be turned on in the shimmermode (trigger error) with an alarm above. When using thecorrosion–resistant agent, control the cooling water toensure that the following conductivity is maintained:

Conductivity of external cooling water: 800 �S/cm or less

[Tip] Amount of external cooling water in the laser oscillator

Model Amount of water

Y1000-E Approx. 10 liters

YP1000-E Approx. 10 liters

To remove deposits of minerals inside the external cooling watercirculation piping, clean the external cooling water circulation pipingwith the cleaning agent indicated below. For details, consult with thechiller unit manufacturer.

Product name : DESLIMEManufacturer : Mitsubishi Gas Chemical

4.6.4Cleaning Agent

Page 90: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

83

Use method : Add the agent as much as 10% of the amount of thecooling water, and circulate the cooling water includingthe agent for one hour. Then, drain the cooling water.Next, rinse the external cooling water circulation pipingsufficiently. DESLIME is a very strong toxic material.Do not touch DESLIME with bare hands. If the skintouches the corrosion–resistant agent, wash off theagent from the skin by using a large amount of water.The main component of waste water after cleaning, thatis, hydrogen peroxide, is decomposed as the wastewater is left for a while. Wait until decomposition oradd water for dilution to lower the concentration, thendrain the waste water. A DESLIME decomposer isindicated below.If a large amount of DESLIME is used, the use of thedecomposer is recommended,

Product name : DIASUPER EZManufacturer : Mitsubishi Gas ChemicalUse method : When 1,000 kg of DESLIME is used, add 2 liters of

DIASUPER EZ in total in three to five additionoperations. Ensure that the circulating pump does notmake idle rotations due to blowing. Decompositionis completed by one–hour circulation. Excessive useof the agent does not cause a secondary problem.

CAUTIONDo not use the cleaning agent for de–ionized watercirculating in the YAG laser oscillator. Otherwise, the purityand conductivity of de–ionized water can degrade, resultingin a secondary failure such as decreased power and waterleakage due to deteriorated gasket material.

CAUTIONDo not use the cleaning agent for potable water.When handling the cleaning agent, wear rubber gloves, andbe careful not to touch the cleaning agent directly with barehands. If the skin touches the cleaning agent, or the agentgets into the eye, wash off the agent by using a large amountof water immediately. If an abnormality is observed afterwashing, receive medical treatment from a doctor.

It is recommended to install a de–ionized water unit (ion exchange resin)at the inlet of the chiller unit. The de–ionized water unit can protectagainst trouble caused by laser oscillator corrosion or water clogging. Ascooling water circulates, the water quality degrades. The cooling waterneeds to be replaced periodically.

Product name : Cartridge de–ionized water unitManufacturer : ORGANO CORP.Use method : Refer to the relevant manual of the product.

4.6.5De–ionized Water Unit

Page 91: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

84

With the Y/YP series, purge gas is supplied into the resonator to maintainthe laser oscillator in satisfactory state. As purge gas to be supplied to theY/YP series, use clean air or nitrogen gas that satisfies the specificationsbelow.

����� 4.7.1 (a) Purge gas specifications

Particle diameter 0.1 �m or less

Pressure dew point 10°C or less at a gage pressure of 0.7 MPa (Atmospheric pressure dew point: –17°C or less)

Oil concentration 0.01mg/m3

Supply gas pressure Gage pressure of 0.3 to 0.5 MPa

Supply gas flow rate 5 liters/min or more

Gas temperature 10 to 40°C

Others Corrosive gases such as acid gas, alkaline gas,ozone, and organic compound gas must not be contained. (See Table 4.7.2, “List of chemicals”.)

(1) CompressorWhen producing clean air with a compressor, pay attention to thelocation where the compressor is placed. The raw material of cleanair is the air around the compressor. So, ensure that the compressoris placed in a clean environment that contains minimized dust and oil,and is free from gases that can deteriorate oscillation characteristicsand corrosive gases as listed in Table 4.7.2. Moreover, use an air filterand oil mist filter for ensuring that the purge gas specifications aboveare satisfied. A compressor of oilless type is recommended.

CAUTIONThere are numerous types of gases that are corrosive orcan adversely affect the oscillation characteristics. Even ahighest–performance filter cannot cope with all of thosetypes of gases. If purge air contains a corrosive gas, acomponent in the laser oscillator can be corroded, or thelaser power becomes unstable, thus resulting in a seriousdamage to the laser oscillator.As purge gas, avoid directly using compressed air producedby a compressor of oil type. An oil mist filter is installed inthe laser oscillator. However, oil exceeding an allowablelevel cannot be removed, so the optical components in theresonator can be contaminated.

(2) Pressure reducing valveTo adjust the supply pressure according to the purge gasspecifications described earlier, install a pressure reducing valve atthe purge gas supply source. A pressure reducing valve of oilless typeis recommended.

4.7PURGE GAS

4.7.1Purge GasSpecifications

Page 92: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

85

(3) Flow meterTo check the supply gas flow rate according to the purge gasspecifications described earlier, the use of a flow meter for purge gasis recommended. Use a flow meter with a full scale of 10 liters/minand a resolution of about 0.2 liter/min.

CAUTIONThe purge gas filter uses a plastic bowl guard. If a chemicallisted in Table 4.7.2 is contained in the atmosphere, thechemical can damage the bowl guard. Acid can corrodemetallic components. Organic acid, in particular, cancorrode the inside of the reflector, thus decreasing thepower or damaging components.

����� 4.7.1 (b) List of chemicals

Type ofchemicals

Chemicalclassification

Major products Generalapplications

Inorganicchemicals

Acid Hydrochloric acid,sulfuric acid, hydro-fluoric acid, phospho-ric acid, chrome acid,and so forth

Acid cleaning agent formetal, acid degreasingagent, film treatmentagent, and so forth

Alkaline Alkaline materialssuch as caustic soda,caustic potash,slaked lime, ammoniawater, and sodiumcarbonate

Alkaline degreasingagent for metal, water–soluble coolant, leak-age detection agent

Inorganic salt Sodium sulfide, so-dium nitrate, potas-sium bichromate, andso forth

Organicchemicals

Aromatichydrocarbon

Benzene, toluene, xy-lene, ethylbenzene,styrene, and so forth

Contained in thinnerfor paint (benzene, tol-uene, xylene)

Chlorinatedaliphatic hydrocarbon

Methyl chloride, ethyl-ene chloride, methy-lene chloride, acety-lene chloride, chloro-form, Trichlene, Per-clene, carbon tetra-chloride

Organic solvent clean-ing agent for metal(Trichlene, Perclene,carbon tetrachloride,and so forth)

Chlorinatedaromatic hydrocarbon

Chlorobenzene, dich-lorobenzene, ben-zene hexachloride(B.H.C)

Oil components

Solvent naphtha, gas-oline, kerosene

Alcohol Methyl alcohol, ethylalcohol, dichlorohexa-nol, benzyl alcohol

Antifreezing agent,leakage detectionagent

Page 93: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

86

Type ofchemicals

Chemicalclassification

Major products Generalapplications

Organicchemicals

Phenol Carbolic acid, cresol,naphthol, and so forth

Disinfectant

Ether Methyl ether, methylethyl ether, ethyl ether

Additive for brake oils

Ketone Acetone, methyl ethylketone, cyclohexa-none, acetophene

Carboxylicacid

Formic acid, aceticacid, butyl acid, acryl-ic acid, oxalic acid,phthalic acid, and soforth

Dyeing agent.Oxalic acid is used asan aluminum treatmentagent.Phthalic acid is usedas a paint base materi-al and for leakagedetection.

Ester Dimethyl phthalate(DMP), diethyl phtha-late (DEP), dibutylphthalate (DBP), dioc-tyl phthalate (DOP)

Lubricant, synthetic hy-draulic fluid, additivefor rust preventiveagent, plasticizer forsynthetic resin

Oxyacid Glycolic acid, lacticacid, malic acid, citricacid, tartaric acid

Nitro–compound

Nitromethane, nitroe-thane, nitroethylene,nitrobenzene, and soforth

Amine Methylamine, dime-thylamine, ethyla-mine, aniline, acetani-lide, and so forth

Additive for brake oils

Nitrile Acetonitrile, acryloni-trile, benznitrile, ace-toisonitrile, and soforth

Raw material for nitrilerubber

Page 94: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLSB–70294EN/01

87

For piping between the purge gas generator and laser oscillator, observethe following:

� For piping, the use of a nylon tube (Junron ASI) with an inner diameterof 8 mm or more manufactured by JUNKO SHA CO., LTD, or the useof a Polyflo tube manufactured by Imperial is recommended.

� Make the piping distance as short as possible.

� Keep the piping materials clean at all times to prevent foreign matterfrom being caught in them.

� Use pressure reducing valves free from gas leakage.

� From the drain port, extra water and oil contained in purge gas isoutput. The amount of drained water and oil is very small. So, arrangepiping so that such water and oil can be drained by using a 3/8�PTmale joint and resin tube.

� Be careful not to expose the piping to high temperature.

� Run the piping so that operators do not tread on it.

4.7.2Purge Gas Piping

Page 95: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

4. DAILY MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS B–70294EN/01

88

De–ionized cooling water

De–ionized water is used to cool the slab–type Nd:YAG crystal andpumping lamp. So, de–ionized water needs to be supplied to thede–ionized water circulator in the laser oscillator. Use the followingde–ionized water:

FANUC drawing number: A98L–0004–0635/20L De–ionized water pack(containing 20 liters)

De–ionized water for physicochemical use (Check if the water satisfiesthe quality standard indicated below.)

����� 4.8 Quality standard for de–ionized water

Item Specified value

Ignition residue 0.005% or less

Sulfate ion (NO3–) 0.0001% or less

Ammonium ion (NH4+) 0.0001% or less

Chlorine ion (Cl–) 0.0001% or less

Iron (Fe2+, Fe3+) 0.0001% or less

Manganese (Mn2+, Mn3+) Not to be detected

Copper (Cu2+) Not to be detected

Nickel (Ni2+) Not to be detected

Lead (Pb2+) Not to be detected

Other heavy metals Not to be detected

pH 5.6 to 6.2

Conductivity 1.0 to 1.5 �S/cm

4.8DE–IONIZEDCOOLING WATER

Page 96: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

89

5 �������������

Page 97: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

90

When an alarm is issued, the alarm number and message appear on theCNC screen or teach pendant.

Before contacting the FANUC service center, check the items listedbelow.

(1) Symptoms(a) Operation mode(b) Failure occurrence time(c) Alarm number(d) Failure occurrence frequency(e) Product number of the laser oscillator

(2) Other information(a) Serial number of the laser oscillator(b) Series and edition of the software displayed on the CRT screen

or teach pendant when the power is turned on(c) Parameter settings

Check the parameters set on the laser oscillator against theparameter settings on the data sheet attached to the laseroscillator.

5.1METHOD OFTROUBLESHOOTING

Investigation of FailureOccurrence Status

Page 98: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

91

Check items when a failure occursEnter the following items and check and report the current conditions toFANUC:

(1) Laser oscillator in which a failure occurred

Customer company name Name of the person in charge in the customer company

Address

TEL FAX

Laser oscillator modelProduct number (indicated on thenameplate of the laser oscillator) NC model Software edition

(2) Description of failure

Description of failure (alarm No.)

Time when the failure occurred How many times and since when has the failure occurred?

(3) Power calibration coefficient

Present power calibration coefficient Power calibration coefficient normally used with new lamps

Time and date when the laser oscillator was restarted previously Frequency of laser oscillator restart

(4) Pumping lamp

Present number of pumping lamp shots or hours shots or Hr Interval of ordinary pumping lamp replacement shots or Hr

(5) Others

Slab crystal end face and coupler cleaning frequency

Time when the purge filter is replaced

External cooling water flow rate External cooling water temperature Conductivity of external cooling water

Page 99: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

92

Indicate the failure location in the following drawings:

Fig.5.1 (a) Failure location indication drawing Y1000–E

Fig.5.1 (b) Failure location indication drawing YP1000–E

Page 100: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

93

Resonator

Laser head (the side) Laser head (the front)

Fig.5.1 (c) Failure location indication drawing (details of the laser oscillator)

Page 101: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

94

Procedure Reference

1–0) According to the alarm displayed on the control unit, investigate the cause of the failure in thelaser oscillator.

Section 5.3

1–1) Check if the power compensation function is enabled (bit 4 of parameter No. 15000/No. 33$PWR_CALIB=enabled) and check the laser oscillator power calibration coefficient (parameterNo. 15204/or laser status screen/(Warnig of a power calibration coefficient) calib coefficient).If an error such as a coupler warning occurs, check the pumping lamps and others.

Subsection 4.1.1

1–2) Check the focal point of the processing nozzle and check if the assist gas is present.

1–3) Measure the output at the emitting end of the processing nozzle. Appendix E

1–4) If there is no output from the processing nozzle

(a) Check the window for contamination. If cleaning does not remove the contamination, replacethe window.

(b) Check the condenser lens for contamination. If cleaning does not remove the contamination,replace the lens.

(c) If dross is stuck to the nozzle chip, clogging the hole at the nozzle tip, remove the dross.

(d) Check the position of the center of the beam at the nozzle end. (A red laser beam may beused.) If the beam center is not in the right position, the nozzle end interferes with the laserbeam, which decreases the output.(Measure the outputs with the nozzle tip mounted and removed to check if output loss occursdue to the nozzle tip.)

(e) As the expansion angle from the fiber increases, the loss at the processing nozzle increases,resulting in decrease in output at the processing nozzle end. Expansion angle increase maybe caused by fiber misalignment. Perform fiber alignment.

Section 4.4.4

1–5) Check the output at the emitting end of the optical fiber, as well as the mode.If neither is abnormal, check the processing nozzle.

Subsection 5.2.5

1–6) Check the optical–fiber–side lens of the processing nozzle for contamination. If cleaning doesnot remove the contamination, replace the lens.(This lens is susceptible to contamination because dust can easily enter during fiber removal.Bear this in mind when installing and removing the fiber.)

1–7) If none of the above items applies, replace the processing nozzle.(A probable cause is that some lens inside the processing nozzle is contaminated or cracked.For the adjustment of the internal lenses, return the processing nozzle to FANUC because thismust be performed at the FANUC laser factory.)

5.2FAILURES THATDIRECTLY AFFECTPROCESSING ANDOUTPUT

5.2.1Failures That MakeProcessing Impossible

Page 102: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

95

Procedure Reference

2–1) If the incident beam end or emitting end of the optical fiber is burned, replace the optical fiber.

2–2) Check the mode of the emitting end of the optical fiber, using an IR viewer. If an error is found,such as too large an expansion angle (500 mrad or greater) or the appearance of an interferencepattern (double ring), conduct fiber alignment using the X–Y stage at the incident beam end ofthe fiber.Notes on fiber alignment

– Distance to the refractory brick (100 mm)

– Check that a guide beam is emitted.

– Output settings for fiber alignment

Check that the optical fiber is installed properly.(Check that its minimum radius does not exceed the specified value and that the fiber is nottwisted in any location.)

Pc = 30 W, Duty = 100%, Freq. = 500 Hz for the Y series60 A, 0.4 msec, 20 pps for the YP series

Appendix E

2–3) If fiber alignment fails to remedy the decrease in output or remove the mode error, replace thefiber with a new one.

2–4) If the above step fails to remedy the decrease in output at the emitting end of the fiber, check thecondenser lens mounted in the fiber coupling unit (including the attenuator, reflection coupler,and beam splitter) at the output of the laser oscillator for contamination. If it is contaminated,clean it. If the contamination cannot be removed, replace the lens.(Record the position of the fastening double ring by marking.)(� See Replacing and Adjusting the Fiber coupling Lens.)

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

Procedure Reference

3–1) Replace the pumping lamp.If the CNC alarm No.4085/Robot controller alarm LSR–127 persists even after replacement toa new lamp, check the following items and take corrective action.

Section 4.4.1

3–2) Check if the cause is an initial pumping lamp failure.A possible cause of the error is an initial pumping lamp failure. Replace the lamp with anothernew lamp.

3–3) Clean the resonator coupler and the crystal slab end surface.Check them for contamination, using a pen light and a hand coupler.If contamination is found, clean them using the applicable procedure.

Appendix E

3–4) Check the purge air for contamination.If the purge air used contains oil, the optics and the slab crystal end surface may becontaminated. Use clean air or nitrogen gas.

5.2.2No Output from theOptical Fiber

5.2.3Remedy the Warning ofthe Power CalibrationCoefficient Increase

Page 103: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

96

Procedure Reference

3–5) Check if the resonator couplers are burned.If there is a sign of burning on the rear coupler or output coupler, rotate the coupler (by about 45to 90�) and clean it.

Appendix E

3–6) Check the reflector and the optics for condensation.If the reflector and the optics (output and rear couplers and slab crystal) develop condensationduring pumping lamp replacement, change the temperature setting of external cooling waterused as cooling water to 25�C or higher, close the panel, and wait for 30 minutes to one hour,until the condensation disappears. Then clean the optics.

3–7) Change the power sensor sensitivity.Start up the laser with no compensation, issue an output command, and measure the output atthe processing nozzle or the emitting end of the fiber. Compare the measurement with the valueon the data sheet. If the output value is decided normal, change the setting of the input calibrationcoefficient (parameter 15215/No. 44 $PSENS COEF) to change the power sensor sensitivity.

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

3–8) Perform spherical coupler alignment.Perform spherical coupler alignment while checking the mode of the laser transmitted throughthe spherical coupler using an IR viewer or video camera.(Remove the semiconductor unit and the cooling plate located at the rear of the spherical coupler.Set the compensation time to 180 sec and adjust the X– and Y–axis micrometers of the sphericalcoupler during output compensation so that the square mode on the target becomes the largest.Then, be sure to perform optical fiber alignment.)If the beam–hitting spot on the power sensor changes due to resonator alignment, the powersensor sensitivity may change. If this occurs, measure the actual output at the processing nozzleor the emitting end of the fiber to change the sensitivity.

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

3–9) Check the slab crystal end surface for leaks.If water leaks from the slab seal gasket at the slab crystal end surface, repair the gasket seal.(See the gasket repair procedure.)

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

3-10) Check whether water leaks from the lower part of the laser head.If water leaks from the slab flow tube or lamp flow tube, the water enters the inside of the reflectorand is evaporated by pumping (lamp) light. The evaporated water results in condensation on theslab or lamp flow tube, which can lower the output. Observe the inside of the reflector todetermine the location of the leakage.

Appendix E

3–11) Check if the external cooling water temperature has increased.As the external cooling water temperature increases, the laser output decreases (the powercalibration coefficient increases). The range of external cooling–water temperature (at thesupplier) is 20 to 30�C, and the power change ratio due to temperature change is about 0.8 to1.0%/�C. As the external cooling water temperature increases, the laser output decreases.Adjust the external cooling water supply unit so that the external cooling water is maintained ata constant temperature.

3–12) Check the routing of the lamp cable.If the lamp cable interferes with the YAG laser beam, the cable may be burned, causing thecoupler and the slab end surface to be contaminated. Bear this in mind when replacing thepumping lamp or changing the routing of the pumping lamp cable.

Page 104: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

97

Procedure Reference

4–1) Replace a pumping lamp.If the laser output stops suddenly, then a pumping lamp can no longer be turned on, the pumpinglamp may be broken or sealed–off gas may leak in most cases. On the diagnosis screen or touchdisplay, check the channel that does not cause discharge, and check the pumping lamp of thatchannel and the other pumping lamps. If the pumping lamp is broken into pieces, check whetherthere is no glass pieces in the lamp flow tube and lamp holder, then install a new pumping lamp.If any abnormalities such as flaws and cracks are found on the lamp flow tube, replace the tubewith a new one. If the trigger error still occurs after the replacement of the pumping lamp, replacethe pumping lamp again. (See the description of the procedure for replacing the lamp flow tubeand pumping lamp.)

Section 4.4.1

4–2) Check the lamp adapter.Check whether corrosion occurs in the spring in the lamp adapter. If corrosion occurs,replacement with a new one is required.

Section 4.4.1.3

4–3) Deterioration of external cooling water or clogged cooling water tubeDeteriorated external cooling water or inclusion of excessive corrosion–resistant agent preventsreflector insulation, which can cause trigger voltage leakage. Clean or replace the externalcooling water. Alternatively, the cooling water tube is clogged by foreign matter (such as calciumcarbonate). Ask a manufacturer of cleaning agent for cooling water to investigate the waterquality, then clean the inside of the cooling water system.

Appendix E

4–4) Damage of the trigger unitIf the trigger unit is damaged, it is impossible to turn on all pumping lamps. The trigger unit isinstalled near the resonator. Whether the trigger unit is damaged or not can be determined bychecking whether the igniter (an electric component) inside the trigger unit emits strong light. (Forthe Y1000–E)

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

4–5) Replace the power supply.If the trigger error is caused by none of the above items, and the power supply is determined tobe abnormal, replace the power supply of the abnormal lamp channel and make adjustmentaccording to the instructions in the power supply replacement procedure.

MAINTENANCEMANUAL

5.2.4Trigger Error(Abnormal DischargeStart)

Page 105: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

98

Check item Reference

5–1) Check how to use the IR–Viewer. Appendix E

5–2) Check how to use the power meter and the power probe. Appendix E

5–3) Check that the caps (covers) are removed.Make sure that you do not emit a beam with the fiber end protective cap and the processing nozzlechip protective cap on.

5–4) Check the state of the shutter.No beam is emitted if the shutter is closed.

5–5) Check the location of emitting a beam or something.When measuring the output, ensure safety, and increase the setting sequentially while checking thecommanded output value.

5.2.5Before OutputMeasurement

Page 106: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

99

This section describes the troubleshooting to be performed if an alarmscreen is displayed on the CRT. Alarm messages for the Y/YP series andthe R–J3 are listed below.

Alarm codes 1) FANUC LASER Y series

No. Description Processing level

4061 A/D CONVERTER–1 PURGE

4062 A/D CONVERTER–2 PURGE

4063 RF POWER SUPPLY PURGE

4065 SHUTTER ACTION LRDY

4066 DISCHARGING LRDY

4067 LASER CABINET OH PURGE

4068 BEAM REFLECTION LSTR

4069 LASER IF PCB PURGE

4070 CHILLER NOT READY PURGE

4071 ASSIST GAS NOT READY LSTR

4072 CHILL FLOW PURGE

4073 LASER GAS PRES. PURGE

4075 CHILL TEMP. PURGE

4076 LASER POWER DOWN PURGE

4077 ABSORBER TEMP. PURGE

4079 PUSH RESET KEY LRDY

4085 COUPLER CLEANING WARNIG

4087 SHUTTER OH PURGE

4088 LASER VOLTAGE DOWN PURGE

4089 ASSIST GAS NO SELECT LSTR

4090 LASER NOT GENERATE LSTR

Note 1) PURGE : The laser oscillator is ready to start.RUN ON : The laser oscillator start switch is ON.LRDY : Shimmer discharge is ready.HV ON : The discharge start signal is ON.LSTR : Oscillation is ready.

5.3LIST OF ALARMMESSAGES

Page 107: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

100

Alarm codes 2) FANUC LASER YP series

No. Description Processing level

4062 A/D CONVERTER–2(laser output)

PURGE

4065 SHUTTER ACTION LRDY

4068 BEAM REFLECTION LSTR

4069 LASER IF PCB PURGE

4070 CHILLER NOT READY PURGE

4071 ASSIST GAS NOT READY LSTR

4076 LASER POWER DOWN PURGE

4079 PUSH RESET KEY LRDY

4085 COUPLER CLEANING WARNING

4089 ASSIST GAS NO SELECT LSTR

4090 LASER NOT GENERATE LSTR

4140 LASER OSCILLATOR NOT READY PURGE

4141 INITIAL LOADING PURGE

4142 DATA RECEIVING ERROR PURGE

4143 OVER CURRENT –

4144 DATA SENDING ERROR PURGE

4145 REFER TOUCH DISPLAY PURGE

4146 POWER OVER ERROR –

4149 SHUTTER OPEN PURGE

4150 POWER CALIB. COE. PURGE

4151 SHIMMER OFF PURGE

4155 RECEIVE IMPOSSIBLE –

Note 1) PURGE : The laser oscillator is ready to start.RUN ON : The laser oscillator start switch is ON.LRDY : Shimmer discharge is ready.HV ON : The discharge start signal is ON.LSTR : Oscillation is ready.

Note 2) – : The level assumed at the time an alarm is issuedis retained.If an alarm is issued at the startup of the laser, thesystem proceeds up to LRDY.

Page 108: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

101

Error Messages and Processing3) Troubleshooting of laser–related alarms for

FANUC YAG ROBOT (1/2)

No. Description Processing level

LSR–039 Not ready of assist gas No particular action to be taken

LSR–040 Not set assist gas output data LSTR

LSR–055 Shutter still not open LSTR

LSR–056 Shutter still not close LRDY

LSR–080 Abnormal cabinet temperature PURGE

LSR–081 Not ready of laser oscillator PURGE

LSR–082 Not ready of chiller PURGE

LSR–083 Chiller water volume drop PURGE

LSR–084 Lower purge gas pressure Note 3) PURGE

LSR–086 Water leak or over humidity Note 3) PURGE

LSR–087 Abnormal absorber temperature PURGE

LSR–090 Lamp voltage drop Note 3) PURGE

LSR–095 Lamp discharge starting error Note 3) LRDY

LSR–097 Abnormal shutter temperature LRDY

LSR–102 Emergency stop LRDY

LSR–104 Power supply system #1 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–105 Power supply system #2 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–106 Power supply system #3 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–107 Power supply system #4 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–108 Power supply system #5 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–109 Power supply system #6 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–110 Power supply system #7 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–111 Power supply system #8 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–112 Power supply system #9 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–113 Power supply system #10 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–114 Power supply system #11 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–115 Power supply system #12 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–116 Power supply system #13 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–117 Power supply system #14 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–118 Power supply system #15 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

LSR–119 Power supply system #16 alarmNote 3)

PURGE

Page 109: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

102

Error Messages and Processing3) Troubleshooting of laser–related alarms for

FANUC YAG ROBOT (2/2)

No. Description Processing level

LSR–127 Warning of a power calibration coeffi-cient Note 3)

WARN

LSR–140 AD1 illegal conversion PURGE

LSR–141 AD2 illegal conversion PURGE

LSR–142 Laser output power drop PURGE

LSR–145 Lamp voltage drop Note 3) PURGE

LSR–147 Abnormal beam reflection PURGE

LSR–148 Laser beam not ready LSTR

LSR–153 No.1 fiber is damaged PURGE

LSR–154 No.2 fiber is damaged PURGE

LSR–155 No.3 fiber is damaged PURGE

LSR–156 No.4 fiber is damaged PURGE

LSR–162 Laser door open PURGE

LSR–163 In a few seconds, SHIMMER ON again –

LSR–164 Already under power calibration WARN

LSR–165 In Running Calibration can’t be WARN

LSR–166 Reset the alarm status WARN

LSR–167 Turn off the Teach pendant key WARN

LSR–168 SFSPD signal is off WARN

LSR–169 Lock the hardware shutter lock WARN

LSR–170 Calibration needs LSTR condition WARN

LSR–171 $LASERSETUP$PWR_CALIB is NOT 1 WARN

LSR–174 Calib–conditions got unsatisfied –

LSR–175 Program useless in calibration –

Note 1) PURGE (POWER OFF ENABLE): The laser oscillator is ready to start.

RUN ON (LASER OPERATION RUN): The laser oscillator start switch is ON.

LRDY (STAND BY): Shimmer discharge is ready.

HV ON (SHIMMER RUN): The discharge start signal is ON.

LSTR (READY): Oscillation is ready.

Note 2) – : The level assumed at the time an alarm is issuedis retained.If an alarm is issued at the startup of the laser, thesystem proceeds up to LRDY.

Note 3) The alarm messages had been changed since June, 2001 as the following table.(Above table is new.)

Page 110: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

103

No. Old message New message

LSR–104to

LSR–119

Abnormal RF01 powerto

Abnormal RF16 power

Power supply system #11 alarmto

Power supply system #16 alarm

LSR–095 Undischarging tube exist Lamp discharge starting error

LSR–084 Lower laser gas pressure Lower purge gas pressure

LSR–086 Lower chiller water temp. Water leak or over humidity

LSR–127 Be clean coupler Warning of a powercalibration coefficient

LSR–090 Tube voltage drop Lamp voltage drop

LSR–145 Tube voltage drop Lamp voltage drop

Correspondence between alarm messages for the NC and those for the controller

Alarm No. and message for the NC Alarm No. and message for the robot controller

4061 A/D CONVERTER–1 LSR–140 AD1 illegal conversion

4062 A/D CONVERTER–2 LSR–141 AD2 illegal conversion

4063 RF POWER SUPPLY LSR–104

to

LSR–119

Abnormal RF01 power

to

Abnormal RF16 power

4065 SHUTTER ACTION LSR–055 Shutter still not open

LSR–056 Shutter still not close

4066 DISCHARGING LSR–095 Undischarging tube exist

4067 LASER CABINET OH LSR–080 Abnormal cabinet temperature

4068 BEAM REFLECTION LSR–147 Abnormal beam reflection

4069 LASER IF PCB LSR–081 Not ready of laser oscillator

4070 CHILLER NOT READY LSR–082 Not ready of chiller

4071 ASSIST GAS NOT READY LSR–039 Not ready of assist gas

4072 CHILL FLOW LSR–083 Chiller water volume drop

4073 LASER GAS PRES. LSR–084 Lower laser gas pressure

4075 CHILL TEMP. LSR–086 Lower chiller water temp.

4076 LASER POWER DOWN LSR–142 Laser output power drop

4077 ABSORBER TEMP. LSR–087 Abnormal absorber temperature

4079 PUSH RESET KEY LSR–102 Emergency stop

4085 COUPLER CLEANING LSR–127 Be clean coupler

4087 SHUTTER OH LSR–097 Abnormal shutter temperature

4088 LASER VOLTAGE DOWN LSR–090 Tube voltage drop

LSR–145 Tube voltage drop

4089 ASSIST GAS NO SELECT LSR–040 Not set assist gas output data

4090 LASER NOT GENERATE LSR–148 Laser beam not ready

Page 111: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

104

The following describes the corrective action for each alarm message.The legend is described below.

If a message for the NC and the correspond-ing message(s) for the R–J3 require differentdescriptions, the descriptions are separated.Refer to the required description.

The first alarm message is that for the NC, and the secondand subsequent alarm messages are those for the robotcontroller.Note that for alarms specific to the robot controller andalarms specific to the YP series, only alarm numbers areindicated.

ALM No. 4063

LSR–104 to 119

Failure in the laser power supply unit

No. Cause of failure Action

1 AD converter 1 failure Replace the AD converter No. 1 on the inter-face printed circuit board A16B–2100–0141.

2 IF PCB failure Replace the IF PCB (A16B–2100-0141).

No. Cause of failure Action

1 AD converter 2 failure Replace the AD converter No. 2 on the inter-face printed circuit board A16B–2100–0141.

2 IF PCB failure Replace the IF PCB (A16B–2100-0141).

5.4CORRECTIVEACTION FOR ALARM

Screen Displays

ALM No. 4061

LSR–140

AD1 illegal conversion

ALM No. 4062

LSR–141

AD2 illegal conversion

Page 112: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

105

This alarm is indicated when the laser power supply unit becomesabnormal or when a protective operation is performed. Because the powersupply unit performs protective operation even when a part other than thepower supply unit becomes abnormal, thorough investigation is required.When only the power supply is replaced without eliminating the originalcause, the alarm will be issued again.

If a power alarm is issued, identify the number of the power supply unit thatcaused the alarm signal to be issued. On the diagnosis screen, the bitcorresponding to the power supply unit that caused the alarm is set to 1.

7 6 5 4 3 2 1Address 0 (bit)

DGN PSAR8 PSAR7 PSAR6 PSAR5 PSAR4 PSAR3 PSAR2 PSAR1No.974

0: Normal, 1: Abnormal

The alarms from LSR–104 to LSR–119 indicate failures in the powersupply units used to turn on the lamps. The # number indicated in eachalarm message corresponds to each power supply number. From theinformation contained in a message, identify the number of the failingpower supply.

For troubleshooting of these alarms, the panel of the laser must be opened,and the red LEDs installed on the front of each power supply for alarmindication must be visually checked. The red LEDs indicated below areon after an alarm is issued. The red LEDs are turned off, however, whenthe power to the R–J3 controller is turned off, or laser oscillator activationoperation is performed again. So, open the panel carefully withoutturning off the main circuit breaker of the R–J3 controller and laseroscillator.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The red LED of 1 (2) is on. This indicates that an overcurrent flowing tothe pumping lamp was detected.

2 The red LED of 1 (1) is on. This indicates that a momentary large currentflowed to the pumping lamp.

3 The red LED of OH is on. This indicates that the temperature of the wa-ter cooling heat sink in the power supply ishigh.Check if the tube connected to the power sup-ply is clogged.

4 The red LED of LAMP is on. This indication is provided when the pumpinglamp is damaged. Extract the lamp and makea visual check.

5 The red LED of Vc is on. This indication is provided when the referencevoltage of the power supply is abnormal.This LED is also turned on when normal pow-er–off operation is performed. So, when apower supply alarm is issued, check if any ofthe other four red LEDs is on.

If an alarm is issued again when discharge activation operation isperformed after checking the red LED turn–on state and reactivation, thepower supply is damaged. The power supply must be replaced.

ALM No. 4063

LSR–104

���

LSR–119

Power supply system#11 to #16 alarm

NC

RJ–3

Page 113: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

106

PLT : Pilot lampI (1) : Momentary overcurrent alarmI (2) : Peak current alarmVc : Control power supply alarmOH : Power supply overheatLAMP : Lamp failure

Fig. 5.4 (a) Locations of the LEDs for laser power supply alarm indication

The combinations of shutter open/close commands and open/closeposition detection signals are given below. All combinations other thanthose marked with a circle cause this alarm to be issued. Check the currentcombination, referring to the combination table below.

Command [Open] command [Close] command

State

DGN=973, bit0=1(Y series)

DGN=901, bit3=1(YP series)

DGN=973, bit0=0(Y series)

DGN=901, bit3=0(YP series)

[Open] detector state signalDGN 961 bit 4 (Y series)DGN 913 bit 0 (YP series)

1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0

[Close] detector state signalDGN 961 bit 5 (Y series)DGN 913 bit 1 (YP series)

0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Whether valid � � � � � � � �

Command [Open] command [Close] command

Status LDO[41]=1 LDO[41]=0

[Open] detector state signalLDI[13]

1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0

[Close] detector state signalLDI[14]

0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Whether valid � � � � � � � �

ALM No. 4065

LSR–055

Shutter still not open

LSR–056

Shutter still not close

NC

R–J3

Page 114: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

107

During the open/close operation immediately after an open/closecommand is issued, both bits 4 and 5 are temporarily set to 1. Within threeseconds after an open/close command, however, the system does notdetect this as an alarm because it assumes that an open/close operation isperformed.

CAUTIONPerform the check item while the pumping lamps are off.

1) Troubleshooting procedure

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Shutter open/close signal confirma-tion

NC When the laser is not started yet and the”PURGE” green LED on the NC operator’spanel is on, remove the laser oscillator cover,and move the shutter by hand. Check that thesignals are set as indicated in the table above.Open and close the shutter by hand andcheck that bits 4 and 5 of DGN961 (Yseries)bits 0 and 1 of DGN913 (YP series) are as indi-cated in the table.1 If the signals are not set as indicated in thetable above, the detection system is faulty.2 If the signals are set as indicated in the tableabove, the mechanical unit is faulty.

R–J3 When the laser is not started yet, andthe green LED for Enable Power–off on theR–J3 operator’s panel is on, remove the laseroscillator cover, and move the shutter byhand. Check that the signals are set as indi-cated in the table above.That is, open the shutter forcibly by hand, andcheck that LDI[13] = on and LDI[14] = off.Next, close the shutter forcibly by hand, andcheck that LDI[13] = off and LDI[14] = on.

(1) If the signals are not set as indicated in thetable above, the detection system is faulty.(2) If the signals are set as indicated in thetable above, the mechanical unit is faulty.

2) When the detection system is faulty

No. Cause of failure Action

2 Photoelectric switch position error Check the open position and close position tosee if the sensor plate fits in the concave sec-tion of the photoelectric switch when you openand close the shutter by hand.

3 Failure in feeding 15 V power to thephotoelectric switch

Check the voltage between the 0V and +15Vcheck pins of the relay PCB–B.

4 Dirty photoelectric switch Clean the photoelectric switch.

5 Bad cable connector connection Check the connection.

6 Photoelectric switch failure If no signal is output to the relay PCB–B whenyou open and close the shutter by hand, re-place the photoelectric switch.

7 Relay PCB–B (A16B–1600–0361)failure

The relay PCB–B is faulty if a signal is appliedto the relay PCB–B but no signal is output. Re-place the relay PCB–B.

8 Failure in the interface unit inside thelaser oscillator

The interface unit is faulty if a signal is appliedto the interface unit but no signal is output. Re-place the interface unit.

Page 115: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

108

No. ActionCause of failure

9 Value of each shutter operatingtime parameter

NC Check if in parameter No. 15152, thevalue described in the attached data sheetis set.

R–J3 Check if in the system variable $LAS-ERSETUP[i].SHTMSK_TIME, the value de-scribed in the attached data sheet is set.

10 Failure in each PCB connectioncable

Check the connection of each cable.

3) When the mechanical unit is faulty

No. Cause of failure Action

11 Shutter open/close operation isslow and consumes 3 seconds ormore.

If the cable connected to the movable sectionof the shutter slows down the speed of shutteropen/close operation, correct the routing ofthe cable so that the shutter can be openedand closed smoothly.

The rotary solenoid is placed in the shutterclosed state by a spring. The shutter closeoperations may become sluggish as thespring weakens with the number of times it isused. Adjust the spring (secured with twoscrews). (Adjust by 1/8th of a turn. If shutterclose operation appears not to change,tighten by a further 1/8th of a turn.) When thefixing screws are removed at this time, thespring will try to turn in the loosening direction.For this reason, firmly secure the spring byhand. Otherwise, you will no longer be able toknow its original position. Take care not toexcessively tighten the spring. Doing so mighthinder the opening operation. (See Fig. 5.4(b).)

12 Failure in fastening the shutter cam While checking the positions of the photoelec-tric switch and sensor plate, fasten the shuttercam.

13 Abnormal voltage fed to the rotarysolenoid

While the laser sequence [PURGE] (NC) is inthe Enable Power–off state (R–J3), reset theshutter lock signal, and issue a shutter opencommand. Then, measure the voltage be-tween the Faston terminals of SHOP1 andSHOP2 of the relay PCB–B. The voltage isnormal if 24 V (�10%) is fed.If the measured voltage is abnormal, checkthe 24 VDC supply system.

14 Failure in the rotary solenoid If the shutter is not opened when 24 V is mea-sured in the check of No. 13, the rotary sole-noid is faulty. Replace the solenoid.

Page 116: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

109

Fig. 5.4 (b) Spring–adjustment (solenoid)

At the time of HV ON (discharge start), all pumping lamps are turned on.This alarm is issued if any one of the pumping lamps is not turned on atthis time.

NC If the voltage of a pumping lamp is equal to or greater than thevalue of parameter No. 15221 in (6 + the value set in parameterNo. 15222) seconds after HV ON, the system decides that thatpumping lamp is not on.

R–J3 If the voltage of a pumping lamp is equal to or greater than thevalue of the system variable $LASERSETUP[i].STRT_TV in(6 + the value set in the system variable $LASERSETUP[i].WTM_DSTRT) seconds after a discharge start, the systemdecides that that pumping lamp is not on.

ALM No. 4066

LSR–095

Undischarging lamp exist

Page 117: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

110

Laser status screen Voltage data table (volt)

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Values of parameters when thepumping lamps are turned on

NC Check the values of parameters Nos., de-scribed in the parameter table supplied withthe laser oscillator.

R–J3 Check if in the following system vari-ables, the values described on the data sheetdelivered with the R–J3 laser oscillator areset:$LASERSETUP[i].WTM_DSRT

Discharge start wait time$LASERSETUP[i].STRT_TV

Discharge start voltage$LASERSETUP[i].MAX_BIAS

Maximum bias command value at discharge start time

$LASERSETUP[i].LSTR_BIAS Bias com-mand value in beam output ready state

2 A pumping lamp is damaged orfaulty.

This alarm is issued when a lamp is damaged.Extract a damaged pumping lamp accordingto the lamp replacement procedure, thenmake a visual check.The trigger unit is dam-aged.

3 Check the lamp adapter. Check if the spring inside the lamp adapter iscorroded. If it is corroded, replace it with a newone.

4 The high–voltage cables are notconnected properly.

Check if the high–pressure cables are con-nected to the pumping lamps properly.

5 Deterioration of the quality of exter-nal cooling water used as coolingwater

If the quality of external cooling water used ascooling water is extremely deteriorated, thetrigger voltage for turning on the pumpinglamps decreases, resulting a failure to turn onthe pumping lamps.In such a case, check the conductivity of ex-ternal water. As a rough guide, if the qualityexceeds 800 µS/cm, improve the quality.Note that cooling water with a high concentra-tion of rust preventive or antiseptic is high inconductivity.

6 The trigger unit is damaged. If the trigger unit is damaged, it is impossibleto turn on all pumping lamps. The trigger unitis installed near the resonator. Whether thetrigger unit is damaged can be determined bychecking if the igniter (electric component) in-side the trigger unit emits light. (For Y1000–E)

7 Decrease in the purity of de–ionizedwaterThe trigger voltage leaks to de–ion-ized water and the pumping lamp isnot turned on.(PURITY WARNING on the opera-tor’s panel of the de–ionized watercirculator is on.)

Check whether PURITY WARNING is issuedon the operator’s panel of the de–ionized wa-ter circulator. If the warning persists even af-ter the de–ionized water circulator is operatedfor one hour or longer, replace the de–ionizedwater filter, ion exchange resin, and de–ion-ized water according to the operating instruc-tions of the de–ionized water circulator.

Page 118: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

111

A temperature sensor is installed on the far side of the main power supplyunit of the laser oscillator, and another temperature sensor is installed onthe far side of the laser head within the laser oscillator cover. This alarmis issued when one of the sensors detects that the ambient temperaturenear the sensor is higher than the allowable temperature (60�C).

The alarm is cancelled when the temperature decreases to or below thespecified value. Until that time, the alarm cannot be cancelled by a reset.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The ambient temperature is toohigh.

If the ambient temperature is 35�C or more,decrease the ambient temperature.

2 The temperature of cooling water istoo high.

The temperature of external cooling waterused as cooling water must be within 20�C to30�C. If the temperature of cooling water ishigher than 30�C, decrease the temperatureof the cooling water.

3 Radiator fan failure Check if the radiator fan is turning.

4 Abnormal temperature sensor Detach the cable connected to the CN55Bconnector of the relay PCB–B, then check theconduction between pin 1 and pin 3 on thecable side. If the conduction is not confirmedat the allowable temperature (60�C) or less,there is a failure. Check the cable for a brokenwire, or check if the conduction of the sensoritself is normal.

5 Abnormal alarm detection circuit Detach the connector connected to CN55B ofthe relay PCB–B, then connect pin 1 with pin3 on the board side of CN55B. If the alarm isreissued at this time, the alarm detection cir-cuit is faulty. Replace the relay PCB–B.

This alarm is issued when laser processing (Drilling, cutting or welding)is performed for a material (such as copper, brass, and aluminum) that hasa high reflectivity against a YAG laser beam (λ = 1.06 µm), and a laserbeam stronger than a specified value is reflected back to the laseroscillator from the machined material.

NC That is, this alarm is issued when the difference between a laseroutput command value and laser output monitor value is equalto or greater than the value set in parameter No. 15265(allowable output increase value) or when the actual outputvalue exceeds the value set in parameter No. 15266 (outputlimit value).

R–J3 That is, this alarm is issued when the difference between a laseroutput command value and laser power monitor value (W) isequal to or grater than the value set in $LASERSETUP[i].PRISE_LIMT, or a laser power monitor value exceeds the valueset in the system variable $LASERSETUP[i].MAX_ACTPWR.

ALM No. 4067

LSR–080

Abnormal cabinettemperature

ALM No. 4068

LSR–147

Abnormal beamreflection

Page 119: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

112

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Incorrect setting of alarm detection NC Check if in parameters Nos. 15265 and15266, the values described in the data sheetare set.

R–J3 Check if in the following system vari-ables, the values described in the data sheetare set:$LASERSETUP[i].PRISE_LIMT$LASERSETUP[i].MAX_ACTPWR

2 Incorrect setting of an input calibra-tion coefficient

NC Check if in parameter No. 15215, the val-ue described in the data sheet is set. If therear coupler and the power sensor are re-placed, this parameter must be changed. Re–specify the parameter using the input calibra-tion coefficient adjustment method.

R–J3 Check if in the system variable $LAS-ERSETUP[i].PSENS_COEF, the value de-scribed in the data sheet is set. If the rear coupler and the power sensor arereplaced, this parameter must be changed.Re–specify the parameter using the input cal-ibration coefficient adjustment method.

3 Error in the parameters for the out-put table

NC Check if in parameters Nos. 15281 to15308, the values described in the data sheetare set.

R–J3 Check if in the following system vari-ables, the values described in the data sheetare set.$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_SPC2$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL21� � � �

$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL27$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL28$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL29

4 The power of a returning laser beamis too strong.

Decrease the specified output power, or takemeasures on the external optics to reduce thepower of a returning laser beam.

This alarm is issued if the regulated voltage +5 V, �15 V, or +24 V onthe interface unit for interface to NC is abnormal.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Blown fuse on the interface printedcircuit board

Correct the cause of the blown fuse on the in-terface printed circuit board, then replace thefuse.

2 Abnormal voltage output from thestabilized power supply power sup-ply or blown fuse

Check that the output voltage of the stabilizedpower supply is +24 V (�10%). If the outputvoltage is beyond the allowable voltage range,replace the unit.

3 The DC power supply system on theinterface unit is failure.

Check the power supply voltage in the inter-face unit with check pins. If the voltage is notwithin the allowable voltage range, replace theinterface unit.

4 The main circuit breaker of the laseroscillator is abnormal.

Check whether the main circuit breaker iscompletely set (ON).

ALM No. 4069

LSR–081

Not ready of laserlaser oscillator

Page 120: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

113

When the RUN (laser oscillator start) switch is turned on, the laseroscillator outputs the start signal of the chiller unit to the machine. Afterreceiving the chiller unit ready signal from the chiller unit, the CNCmonitors the signal. When this signal goes off, this alarm is issued.Check the DGN status, and check the signal from the chiller unit. If thesignal is abnormal, check the chiller unit.

Condition of alarm issuance

Monitoring starts 4 seconds after the chiller start signal is output, and monitoring ends whenRUN becomes OFF.If the chiller ready signal CLRDY (G221 #6) becomes 0 during this monitoring period, thisalarm is issued.

Related parametersG221 #6 CLRDY Chiller ready signalF221 #4 CLON Chiller start request signal

At the start of processing, the NC monitors the ready signal from the assistgas supply unit on the machine. This alarm is issued if this signal is notsent normally.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 NC Chiller ready detection signalerror

NC Check the state of PMC Signal StatusG220/bit 7 and check the signal from the as-sist gas supply unit. If the signal is abnormal,check the assist gas supply unit on the ma-chine.

R–J3 The assist gas readydetection signal AGRDY WDI[1] isoff.

R–J3 When A–Gas Ready Detectis enabled, check if the AGRDY signal is offduring beam output.

2 Assist gas controller error Check the assist gas controller.

3 Assist gas supply unit failure Check the assist gas supply unit and theamount of the remaining gas.

4 Programmed–value input error This alarm is issued during program executionwhen in G32P�Q�, a value except 0 to 7 is se-lected for � or a value except 0 to 3 is selectedfor �.

This alarm indicates that de–ionized water circulator in the laser hasdetected trouble or that the level of cooling water in the external coolingwater chiller decreased.This alarm is displayed when any of the five alarms related to de–ionizedwater cooling is issued. Which alarm is detected can be determined bychecking the red LED alarm indication on the display panel of the laseroscillator door.� Alarm–related items

WATER FLOW De–ionized water flow rate decreaseWATER LEVEL De–ionized water level decreaseWATER O.H. High de–ionized water temperatureMOTOR O.L. Overload on the de–ionized water pump motorEXTERNAL Decrease in the flow rate of external COOLING WATER cooling water used for cooling

� Other related itemsSetting of the REMOTE/LOCAL key switch on the display panel

ALM No. 4070

LSR–082

Not ready of chiller

ALM No. 4071

LSR–039

Not ready of assistgas

ALM No. 4072

LSR–083

Chiller water volumedrop

Page 121: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

114

WATER FLOWThis alarm indicates that the flow rate of de–ionized water has decreased.This alarm is detected when the flow rate of de–ionized water is below thespecified value.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 A decrease in the flow rate of de–ion-ized water is temporarily detected be-cause air caught in the de–ionizedwater path causes the de–ionized wa-ter flow rate sensor to run idly.

Circulate de–ionized water again, and visuallycheck if the hose contains air. If air cannot beremoved, air must be removed from the de–ionized water pump.

2 The de–ionized water flow rate sen-sor is faulty.

Check how the LEDs on the flow rate sensorare turned on and off. If the sensor is normal,the red LED is turned off and the green LED isturned on soon after de–ionized water circula-tion starts.

If the red LED is on when stable circulation isreached, the setting for alarm detection maybe much shifted or the sensor is damaged.

WATER LEVELThis alarm indicates that the water level of the de–ionized water tank hasdecreased. This alarm is detected when the water level detection float inthe tank has sunk.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 De–ionized water leakage.The amount of leakage water is small,and the level decreases gradually.

Locate the point of leakage.

2 The de–ionized water level float isfaulty.

In normal state, the float floats by its buoyantforce. If the float sinks even when the level ofwater is sufficient, the float is faulty. Replacethe float.

WATER O.H.This alarm indicates that the temperature of de–ionized water has risen.This alarm is detected when the temperature of de–ionized water is 40�Cor higher.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The temperature of external coolingwater used as cooling water is high.

Touch the front plate of the de–ionized watertank of the de–ionized water circulator byhand to check if the temperature of de–ionizedwater is high.If the temperature of de–ionized water is high,check if the temperature of external coolingwater used as cooling water is 30�C or higher,and also check if the flow rate of external cool-ing water is sufficient.If this alarm is issued even when the tempera-ture and flow rate of the external cooling waterare both within the specified ranges, cloggingmay occur in the heat exchanger because ofpoor quality of external cooling water. Cleanthe external cooling water.

2 The temperature sensor is faulty. The temperature sensor is attached to thecross–shaped joint placed at the top of the de–ionized water circulator.When the alarm is not issued, the temperaturesensor pins must be connected with each oth-er. If the sensor contact is open when the tem-perature of de–ionized water is 40�C or lower,the sensor is faulty.

Page 122: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

115

MOTOR O.L.

This alarm indicates that trouble occurred with the inverter unit used tocontrol the speed of the de–ionized water pump.

If this alarm is issued, the de–ionized water pump or the inverter is faulty.By using the alarm history function of the inverter, determine the cause oftrouble.

For the method of displaying the alarm history of the inverter, refer to theoperator’s manual of the inverter delivered with the laser oscillator.

List of the protection functions of the inverter (1/2)

No.History

indication Alarm details Action

1 OC1OC2OC3

Overcurrent protection

The inverter is protected when an overcurrentreaching the overcurrent protection levelflows momentarily.

OC1: At acceleration timeOC2: At deceleration timeOC3: At constant–speed operation time

2 LU Momentary powerfailureInsufficient voltage

If the input voltage is lower than 165 VAC formore than 15 ms, the inverter may stop. Op-eration continues if a momentary power failureor insufficient input voltage not lasting for morethan 15 ms occurs.

3 OU Overvoltage If an overvoltage (regenerative overvoltage)reaching the overvoltage protection level isgenerated, the inverter is protected.

4 OH1 Frequency setting error

An incorrect connection to the frequency set-ting pin is detected.

Inverter overheatprotection

The overheating of the inverter due to an over-load mainly at low–speed operation is de-tected.

List of the protection functions of the inverter (2/2)

No.History

indication Alarm details Action

5 OH2 External thermalswitch

When the thermal relay connected betweenthe THR and CM pins is switched from ON toOFF, output is stopped due to an externalalarm.

6 OL1 Electronic thermalswitch

When a combination with a general–purpose4–pole motor or FV 4–pole motor is used, themotor is protected from an overload without anexternal thermal switch.

7 Err1 Setting error This indication is provided when a functioncode that cannot be used in combination is se-lected.

8 Err2 Communication error This indication is provided when communica-tion errors occur in succession between themain inverter unit and touch panel.

9 Err3 DSP error This indication is provided when the DSPused internally malfunctions due to an exter-nal noise or abnormally high ambient temper-ature.

Page 123: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

116

TAP WATERThis alarm indicates that the flow rate of external cooling water (tapwater) water supplied externally to the laser oscillator has decreased. Thisalarm is detected when the flow rate of the external cooling water is lowerthan a specified value.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Decrease in the flow rate of externalcooling water

Increase the flow rate of external cooling wa-ter to a specified value.The specified flow rate of external cooling wa-ter for Y1000–E, YP1000–E is 80 liter/minute.

2 Failure in the external cooling waterflow rate sensor installed on the ex-ternal cooling water supply port

First, check that the green LED of the flow ratesensor is on, meaning that the power is on.If the flow rate is lower than the set value, thered LED is turned on (indicating alarm occurstate). If the flow rate is not lower than the setvalue, the red LED is turned off (indicatingalarm cancellation state).If the red LED is on when a sufficient flow rate isconfirmed on the external cooling water supplylaser oscillator side, the flow rate sensor is faulty.Clean the sensor part. When the alarm is not re-lieved, replace the flow rate sensor.

PURITYThis warning indicates that the purity of de–ionized water has deteriorated.When the purity of de–ionized water deteriorated to or upper 2.0 µS/cm, theyellow LED is turned on. This purity deterioration is handled not as an alarmbut as a warning. Even if the purity of de–ionized water deteriorates and theyellow LED is turned on, de–ionized water circulation operation continues.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Deterioration of the de–ionized wa-ter filter or ion exchange resin

First, replace de–ionized water. By replacingde–ionized water alone, the purity improves.If the periodic replacement periods of the de–ionized water filter and ion exchange resin areover, however, be sure to replace them.

The de–ionized water filter needs to be replacedat every 8,000 hours. The ion exchange resinneeds to be replaced at every 4,000 hours.

Other causes

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The key switch is set to LOCAL. Before normal operation can be started, thekey switch on the display panel must be set toREMOTE.After de–ionized water is circulated in the LO-CAL mode after lamp replacement, return thekey switch to REMOTE.

2 The red LED indication is not reset. After an alarm is detected, press the reset but-ton to clear the red LED indication.

3 Micro PLC failure On the right side of the front of the micro PLC,three green LEDs are located: [OK], [RUN],and [PWR].In the normal state, the three LEDs are on.When the [OK] LED is blinking, the micro PLCis not initialized normally.If this occurs, move the right slide switch upand down several times with the power still on.This may recover the system. The recoverywith this operation is just an emergency mea-sure. It is necessary to replace the micro PLC.

Page 124: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

117

The pressure of purge gas supplied to the laser oscillator is monitored.This alarm is issued when the pressure is below the permitted value. Tokeep the inside of the laser oscillator clean, do not stop the supply of purgegas when the power to the laser oscillator is on.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Low purge gas pressure Adjust the pressure of purge gas supplied tothe laser oscillator to within the specifiedrange of 0.3 to 0.5 MPa (3 to 5 kgf/cm2 ) at theinlet of the laser oscillator.

2 Adjustment failure of the regulator ofthe purge gas filter unit

Adjust the regulator so that the pressuregauge of the purge gas filter unit reads 0.2MPa (2 kgf/cm2).

3 Gas supply pressure sensor error Check if the setting of the gas supply pressuresensor is normal. When the gas pressure is0.2 MPa, the red LED of the sensor is turnedon in normal state.

4 Leak from the tube for supplyingpurge gas

Check if the joints of the gas piping system areloose or the tube is damaged. If any if foundfaulty, replace it.

A condensation sensor is installed near the external cooling waterdistributor block in the laser oscillator. When the sensor detectscondensation, this alarm is issued. Once this alarm is issued, the alarmcannot be reset until condensation is removed. Do not blow 60°C orhigher air to the condensation sensor. An effective way is to flow dry airinto the laser oscillator.

ALM No. 4073

LSR–084

Lower purge gaspressure

ALM No. 4075

LSR–086

Lower chiller watertemp

Page 125: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

118

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The temperature of cooling water istoo low.

Set a temperature slightly higher than the roomtemperature (room temperature plus 1�C).

2 The laser is operated with the panelopened.

If the laser is operated with the panel openedin a high ambient temperature, a condensa-tion tends to occur. Close the panel firmly be-fore starting laser operation.

3 Condensation sensor failure Detach the cables from the DEW1 and DEW2Faston tabs, and measure the resistance of thesingle sensor unit.If a resistance of 20 kilohms or more is mea-sured when there is no condensation on thecooling water distributor, the condensation sen-sor is faulty. Replace the condensation sensor.If a resistance of 10 kilohms or less is measuredwhen there is a condensation, the condensationsensor is also faulty.

4 Relay PCB–B (A16B–1600–0361)failure

The relay PCB–B is faulty if a signal is appliedto the relay PCB–B from the condensationsensor normally but no signal is output fromthe PCB–B. Replace the relay PCB–B.

5 Interface unit (A16B–2100–0141)failure

The interface unit is faulty if a signal is appliedto the interface unit but no signal is output. Re-place the interface unit.

6 Water leakage in the resonatorhousing is detected.

This alarm is issued if the sensor for detectingwater leakage in the resonator is wet. Soak upthe water on the sensor with tissue paper orthe like. After the sensor is dried up, start thelaser oscillator. (Do not wipe the sensorstrongly.) When this failure occurs, you neednot operate the reset switch on the operator’spanel of the laser oscillator.

NC Another alarm attributable to a laser output power drop isALARM 4085 (abnormal power calibration coefficient).ALARM 4085 is mainly used to detect errors attributable todeteriorated pumping lamps and optics by monitoring for alaser output drop at the start of the laser.Monitoring for a drop in laser output during power outputspecification start 5 seconds after a laser output command isissued. This alarm is issued if the power monitor valuedecreases to the value specified in parameter No. 15271 orbelow.The main causes of this alarm include (1) failures in the opticsmaking up the resonator, (2) incorrect parameter settings, and(3) laser power detection system failures.If, therefore, ALARM 4076 is issued, start the laser oscillatoragain then check the value of parameter No. 15204 andcompare it with the value of parameter No. 15203.1 If the difference is greater than 50 ([Parameter No. 15204)

– (Parameter No. 15203)] > 50), a sudden laser output drophas occurred. Follow the instructions described below.

2 If the difference is less than or equal to 50, the alarm maybe attributable to ALARM 4085. Follow the instructionsfor ALARM 4085 first.

ALM No. 4076

LSR–142

Laser output powerdrop

Page 126: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

119

R–J3 Another alarm attributable to a laser output power drop isALARM [LSR–127]. ALARM [LSR–127] is mainly used todetect errors attributable to deteriorated pumping lamps andoptics by monitoring for a laser output drop at the start of thelaser.Monitoring for a drop in laser output during power outputspecification start 5 seconds after a laser output command isissued. This alarm is issued if the power monitor valuedecreases to the value specified in the system variable$LASERSETUP[i].PDRP_LIMT or below.

– The main causes of this alarm include (1) failures in the opticsmaking up the resonator, (2) incorrect parameter settings, and(3) laser power detection system failures.If, therefore, ALARM [LSR–142] is issued, start the laseroscillator again then check the value of system variable$LASERSETUP[i].CLB_COEF and compare it with the valueof $LASERSETUP[i].CLB_LIMT.1 If the difference is greater than 50 ([$CLB_COEF) –

($CLB_LIMT)] > 50), a sudden laser output drop hasoccurred. Follow the instructions described below.

2 If the difference is less than or equal to 50, the alarm maybe attributable to [LSR–127]. Follow the instructions for[LSR–127] first.

(1) Failures in the optics making up the resonator

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The optics in the laser oscillator arecontaminated.

Clean or replace the optics (output coupler, to-tal reflection coupler, spherical coupler) mak-ing up the resonator.

2 The slab crystal end surface is con-taminated.

Clean the slab crystal end surface.

3 De–ionized water leakage from theslab crystal end surface

Replace the gasket according to the proce-dure for correcting de–ionized water leakage.

4 Water leakage into the reflector If a defect such as a crack in the lamp flowtube end allows water to enter the inside of thereflector, vapor makes the inside of the reflec-tor dim, which can lower the output. Check thelocation of the leakage, and replace the O–ring of the lamp flow tube or the O–ring of theslab flow tube.

5 The optics in the resonator are misaligned.

Align the optics of the resonator correctly.

Page 127: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

120

(2) Incorrect parameter settings

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Incorrect setting of alarm detection NC Check if in parameter No. 15271, the val-ue described in the attached data sheet is set.

R–J3 Check if in the system variable $LAS-ERSETUP[i].PDRP_LIMT, the value de-scribed in the attached data sheet is set.

2 Incorrect setting of the power table(Only for Y series)

NC Check if in parameters No.15223, Nos.15281 to 15308, the values described in theattached data sheet are set.

R–J3 Check if in the following system vari-ables, the values described in the attacheddata sheet are set:$LASERSETUP[i].LSTR_BIAS$LASERSETUP[i].CLBVAL_TB$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_SPC$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL21� � � �

$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL27$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL28$LASERSETUP[i].PTBL_VAL29

3 Incorrect setting of input calibrationcoefficient

NC Check if in parameter No. 15215, the val-ue described in the attached data sheet is set.If the rear coupler and the power sensor arereplaced, this parameter must be changed.Re–specify the parameter using the input cal-ibration coefficient adjustment method.

R–J3 Check if in the system variable $LAS-ERSETUP[i].PSENS_COEF, the value de-scribed in the attached data sheet is set.If the rear coupler and the power sensor arereplaced, this parameter must be changed.Re–specify the parameter using the input cal-ibration coefficient adjustment method.

A temperature sensor is installed on the main beam absorber unit. Thesensor issues this alarm when the sensor detects a temperature of 80�Cor more. In ordinary laser use, a beam is radiated against the absorber onlyduring output compensation operation. So, if this alarm is issued notduring output compensation, the cause may be a failure of other than themain absorber unit, such as a shutter failure and detection system failure.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The absorber is heated because ex-ternal cooling water is not suppliedto the absorber sufficiently.

If this alarm is issued during output com-pensation operation, the absorber may beheated because external cooling water is notsupplied to the absorber sufficiently. Make asupplied to the absorber sufficiently. Make acheck.

Check if the external cooling water flow ratesatisfies the specified value.

2 The external cooling water piping isclogged.

Check if the water tube between the water dis-tributor and beam absorber is clogged. If thetube is clogged, check the water quality, andreplace the tube if necessary.

3 Temperature sensor failure Detach the cable connected to the tempera-ture sensor, and check conduction betweenthe sensor pins. If there is no conductionwhen the temperature is not high, the sensoris faulty. Replace the faulty.

ALM No. 4077

LSR–087

Abnormal absorber temperature

Page 128: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

121

No. ActionCause of failure

4 Alarm detection circuit failure If this alarm is issued when the cable con-nected to the temperature sensor is short–cir-cuited, the alarm detection circuit is faulty.Check the connector, cable, and the relayPCB–B.

5 Bad cable connector connection Check the connection.

6 Relay PCB–B failure The relay PCB–B is faulty if a signal is appliedto the relay PCB–B from the temperature sen-sor normally but no signal is output from thePCB–B. Replace the relay PCB–B.

7 Interface printed circuit board failure The interface unit is faulty if a signal is appliedto the interface unit but no signal is output. Re-place the interface unit.

If the emergency stop button is pressed after the discharge ready state(LRDY), the beam shutter is closed and discharge is stopped. At the sametime, the laser sequence is dropped to the LRDY state, and this alarm isissued. Correct the cause of trouble and release the emergency stopbutton, then press the reset key on the operator’s panel to cancel thisalarm.

The laser power decreases as the pumping lamps and optics deteriorate.The power calibration coefficient is used to compensate the specifiedlaser power value for the decrease in actual output. If this calibrationcoefficient exceeds the permissible value, that is, if the deterioration ofthe pumping lamps, optical couplers, etc. is greater than the permissiblevalue, a (WARNING) is issued.This warning can be cleared by a reset. However, keeping the laseroscillator used under this condition will lead to a fatal damage. Takecorrective action immediately. The corrective action is described in detailin Section 5.2, ”Failures That Directly Affect Processing and Output.”

NC This alarm is issued if the value of parameter No. 15204 (powercalibration coefficient) exceeds parameter No. 15203 (powercompensation limit value).

R–J3 This alarm is issued if the value of the system variable$LASERSETUP[i].$CLB_COEF (power calibration coefficient)exceeds the system parameter $LASERSETUP[i].$CLB_LIMT(power compensation limit value).

ALM No. 4079

LSR–102

Push reset key

ALM No. 4085

LSR–127

Warning of power cable. coef.

Page 129: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

122

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Pumping lamp life expiration This warning is issued when the life of a pump-ing lamp is close to expiration, and the bright-ness of the lamp decreases.Replace the lamp with a new one.

2 The optics in the laser oscillator arecontaminated.

Clean or replace the optics (output coupler, to-tal reflection coupler, folding coupler) makingup the resonator.

3 The slab crystal end surface is con-taminated.

Clean the slab crystal end surface.

4 De–ionized water leakage from theslab crystal end surface

Tighten the retainer according to the proce-dure for correcting de–ionized water leakage.Alternatively, replace the gasket.

5 The optics in the resonator are misa-ligned.

Align the optics of the resonator correctly.

This alarm is issued if the temperature of the shutter coupler temperatureexceeds the upper limit (80�C). With the FANUC LASER Y/YP–serieslaser oscillator, this alarm is basically issued only during powercompensation operation. So, if this alarm is issued not during outputcompensation operation in laser processing, the cause may not be a highshutter coupler temperature.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Dirty shutter coupler If this alarm is issued during output com-pensation operation, immediately check thetemperature of the metal of the shutter arm.If the shutter arm metal is heated, the shuttercoupler is dirty.Clean or replace the coupler.

2 The laser beam is off the shuttercoupler.

Align the resonator or adjust the position of theshutter unit.

3 The cable connected to the shuttertemperature sensor is broken.

If the shutter arm is not heated, or this alarmis issued not during output compensation op-eration, open and close the shutter by handseveral times.If this alarm is issued again, the cable con-nected to the temperature sensor may be bro-ken. Make a check and replace the cable.

4 Temperature sensor error Detach the CN7.B connector of the relay PCBB and check pins 1 and 3 of the cable for conti-nuity. If there is no continuity when the permis-sible value (80°C) is not exceeded, the sensoris faulty. Replace the sensor.

5 Alarm detection circuit failure The alarm detection circuit is faulty if thisalarm is issued when the CN7B connector ofthe relay PCB–B is detached and pin 1 and pin3 on the PCB side are connected with eachother. Check the connector, cable, and PCB–B.

ALM No. 4087

LSR–097

Abnormal Shuttertemperature

Page 130: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

123

NC This alarm can also serve as two alarms for the R–J3.[LSR–090]: If the system is in the LSTR (beam output

ready) state.[LSR–145]: If the system is in the HV ON (shimmer

discharge) state.This alarm is issued if the voltage applied to pump lamp No.1 decreases considerably. The voltage for pumping lamp No.1 during shimmer discharge is automatically set to the value ofparameter No. 15270 each time the laser oscillator starts. Thisalarm is issued if the value is smaller than the value enteredduring the previous start of the laser oscillator by the value setin parameter No. 15272 or greater.

R–J3

This alarm indicates almost the same information as LSR–145.LSR–090 is issued if the pumping lamp voltage decreases justthe beam output ready state is set.That is, this alarm indicates a pumping lamp voltage decreaseoccurring during discharge activation operation. The pumpinglamp is probably damaged.

This alarm is issued when a DC voltage applied to the both endsof all pumping lamps decreased remarkably. That is, when thelamps are turned on by discharge activation operation, a transitionis made to shimmer discharge state. Then, a comparison is madebetween the actual lamp voltage monitor value and the value setin the system variable $LASERSETUP[i].NRML_TV. When thelamp voltage monitor value is less than the value of the systemvariable $LASERSETUP[i]. NRML_TV minus the value of$LASERSETUP[i].VDRP_LIMT, this alarm is issued.

LSR–090

LSR–145

ALM No. 4088

LSR–090

Tune voltage drop

LSR–145

Page 131: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

124

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Setting of the parameter for specify-ing an allowable pumping lamp volt-

NC Check if in parameter No. 15272, the val-ue described in the attached data sheet is set.

age decreaseR–J3 Check if in the system variable $LAS-ERSETUP[i].VDRP_LIMT, the value de-scribed in the attached data sheet is set.

2 Fail setting of the parameter forspecifying a pumping lamp voltagein normal state

NC If the value set previously is inappropriate,the alarm is issued even if an appropriate volt-age is input.Check if in parameter No. 15272, the value de-scribed in the attached data sheet is set.

R–J3 If the value set in the system variable$LASERSETUP[i].NRML_TV is incorrect, thisalarm is issued even when lamp dischargestarts in normal state. Check if in the systemvariable $LASERSETUP[i].NRML_TV, a valueclose to the value described in the data sheet isset.

3 A pumping lamp is damaged. Visually check the pumping lamps accordingto the lamp replacement procedure.

This alarm is issued if an attempt is made to emit a beam when no assistgas is selected or when assist gas conditions are not set.

This alarm is issued if an attempt is made to emit a beam when the laseris not in the LSTR state.

R–J3 This alarm can be issued if the fiber breakage detectionfunction, which is an optional unit, is provided. This alarm isissued if the optical fiber that conducts the YAG laser beambecomes unusable due to a failure such as a breakage or burn.That is, this alarm is issued if the reflected light of the YAGlaser beam can no longer be detected from that side of theoptical fiber that is connected to the processing nozzle.

ALM No. 4089

LSR–040

Not set assist gasoutput data

ALM No. 4090

LSR–148

Laser beam notready

Following are applicablealarms for the robotcontroller only.

LSR–153

���

LSR–156

No.1 fiber isdamaged.

Page 132: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

125

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Incorrect setting of system variablesfor fiber breakage detection

Check if in the following system variables, thevalues described in the attached data sheetare set.$LASERSETUP[i].FIBER1_ENBL$LASERSETUP[i].FIBER2_ENBL$LASERSETUP[i].FIBER3_ENBL$LASERSETUP[i].FIBER4_ENBL$LASERSETUP[i].FIBER_NUM$LASERSETUP[i].FBR_DCTIME

2 The specified laser power output istoo low.

This function detects the reflected light of theYAG laser beam emitted to the processingnozzle. If the specified laser emission is aslow as 1 to 10 W, the function may fail to detectthe reflected light. If this occurs, take either ofthe following actions:<1> Increase the specified laser power.<2> Disable the alarm monitor.Changing the system variable $LASERSE-TUP[i].FIBER1_ENBL, $LASERSETUP[i] FI-BER2_ENBL, $LASERSETUP[i] FIBER3_ENBL, or $LASERSETUP[i] FIBER4_ENBLfrom TRUE to FALSE disables the monitoringof this alarm.

3 This alarm need not be monitored. When the processing nozzle is removed andoptical fiber alignment is performed, mainte-nance may be easier to do if this alarm is notissued.Changing the system variable $LASERSE-TUP[i].FIBER1_ENBL, $LASERSETUP[i] FI-BER2_ENBL, $LASERSETUP[i] FIBER3_ENBL, or $LASERSETUP[i] FIBER4_ENBL-from TRUE to FALSE disables the monitoringof this alarm.

R–J3 This warning is issued if the I/O module connection state thatthe R–J3 remembers differs from the current connection state.If this warning is issued, the item that must be checked aboutthe laser oscillator function is whether I/O link communicationis established between the laser control unit and the laseroscillator. First check if I/O link communication is establishedusing the following procedure, then check if any of the itemsin the Cause of failure applies.

Checking whether I/O link communication is established� On the teach pendant, display the laser oscillator I/O screen.

To display the screen, select Screen manipulation, Item 5.I/O, F1 Screen, and Laser oscillator in this order. This seriesof selections causes either the “I/O laser oscillator input” or“I/O laser oscillator output” screen to be displayed. If either“ON” or “1” is displayed for any of the signals on the screen,I/O link communication is established.If “off”, “0”, or “**” is displayed for all signals, nocommunication is established.

PRIO–063

Invalid allocation:%d slot %d

Page 133: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

126

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The laser door panel is open, caus-ing the door interlock function to beactivated.

If a panel with a door limit switch attached isopen, the door interlock function is activated.This causes all laser functions to stop, makingI/O link communication impossible.Close the door fully, then turn on the laser con-trol unit again.

2 Either Electric or Optical is not se-lected properly as the method of I/Olink communication.

To use I/O link communication, either a metalcable or optical fiber cable must be selected.Depending on which to select, the LINK1 set-up pin on the laser interface board must bechanged.To use a metal cable, set the setup pin to the[JD1] setting. To use an optical fiber cable, setit to the [COP] setting. Check that the settingis correct.

3 In the optical fiber main unit for YAGlaser processing, an optical fiberwith a fiber connection/disconnec-tion monitor function attached isused.

If an optical fiber with an electric connector at-tached is used in the optical fiber main unit forYAG laser processing, that fiber is equippedwith a connection/disconnection monitorfunction.If such an optical fiber is used, it is necessarythat the incident beam adapter of the fiber beconnected properly to the fiber coupling unit ofthe laser and that the beam emitting–sideadapter be connected properly to the proces-sing nozzle.If either end of the fiber is not connected me-chanically, the laser cannot establish I/O linkcommunication because the door interlockfunction is activated.Connect the fiber completely, and turn off thepower and then back on.

4 The main breaker of the laser oscil-lator is turned ON after the lasercontrol unit is turned ON.

If the main breaker of the laser oscillator is notturned ON before the laser control unit isturned ON, I/O link communication cannot beperformed because the control unit cannotrecognize that the laser oscillator is con-nected.Be sure to turn ON the laser oscillator andthen the laser control unit.

5 The cable for I/O link communica-tion is not connected.

Select either a metal cable or optical fiber forI/O communication, then connect an I/O linkcable properly.

6 The fuse on the laser interfaceboard is blown.

Check the voltages at the voltage check pins5V, (15V, and 24V on the laser interface.If only the voltage at the 5V pin is 0 V, the fuseon the laser interface board is blown. Replaceit with a new one.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The door of the laser cabinet isopen.

Close the door of the laser. This alarm is is-sued only when the laser oscillator is CE–marked. For laser oscillators other than CE–marked laser oscillators, set system variable$LASERSETUP&CEMARKFL to FALSE.

LSR–162

Laser cabinet door open

Page 134: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

127

No. Cause of failure Action

1 SHIMMER ON operation is per-formed immediately after the emer-gency stop button is pressed.

Wait about 30 seconds before performingSHIMMER ON operation. This alarm is is-sued only when the laser oscillator is CE–marked. For laser oscillators other than CE–marked laser oscillators, set system variable$LASERSETUP$CEMARKFL to FALSE.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 An external signal turns on the pow-er calibration command signal dur-ing power calibration.

No special action is needed. Calibration beingexecuted is not affected.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Power calibration was attemptedduring program execution.

Wait until the program terminates, then per-form power calibration.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Although an alarm was still present,power calibration was attempted.

Remove the cause of the alarm, then performpower calibration with no alarm issued.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Although teach pendant operationwas enabled, power calibration wasattempted.

Disable teach pendant operation, then per-form power calibration.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Although the SFSPD signal was off,power calibration was attempted.

Turn on the signal, then perform power cal-ibration.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Power calibration was attemptedwith the shutter unlocked on theteach pendant.

Perform power calibration with the shutterlocked.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Although the laser was not in theLSTR state, power calibration wasattempted.

When performing power calibration, place thelaser in the LSTR state.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Power calibration disabled On the system variable screen, set$PWR_CALIB=1.

LSR–163

In a few seconds,SHIMMER ON again

LSR–164

Already under powercalibration

LSR–165

In Ranning Calibrationcan’t be

LSR–166

Reset the alarmstatus

LSR–167

Turn off Teachpendant key

LSR–168

SFSPD signal is off

LSR–169

Lock the hardwareshutter lock

LSR–170

Calibration needsLSTR condition

LSR–171

$LASERSETUP$PWR_CALIBis NOT 1

Page 135: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

128

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The power calibration conditions be-came unsatisfied during power cal-ibration.

Check the conditions for performing powercalibration. Power calibration is stopped in themiddle, and the calibration coefficient is notupdated.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Program execution was attemptedduring power calibration.

Perform power calibration again. After powercalibration terminates, execute the program.

This alarm is issued if an error occurs in the laser controller that controlsthe laser power supply.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The laser controller is not turnedON.

Check if a voltage of 24 V is applied to thePON1 and PON2 pin on the terminal block atthe front of the laser controller.If 24 V is not applied, the 24V power supplyunit or the interface printed circuit board isfaulty. Replace it with a new one.

2 The RDY signal (#6 on diagnosisscreen No. 910) is 0.

The controller is faulty.Replace it with a new one.

Starting the laser oscillator causes transfer of all current waveform dataand register data registered with the NC to be started.This alarm is issued if the data transfer is not completed because the datato be transferred contains an invalid item out of the valid range or invaliditem that will cause an over current or power over error.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 In the data for a total of 16 currentwaveforms, an out of the valid range

Check if 0 ampere is entered for step 1 of eachcurrent waveform.

is entered as a current value.Check if the current values are in the rangefrom the minimum current value (parameterNo. 15219) to the maximum current value (pa-rameter No. 15218). Correct any value that isout of the range.

2 In the data for a total of eight regis-ters, an out of the valid range is en-

Check if a waveform number other than 1 to 16is entered.

tered.Check if a waveform magnification other than30 to 100 is entered.

Check if 0 is entered as a frequency.If a value exceeding the maximum allowablefrequency (setting of parameter No. 15221),correct the value.

LSR–174

Calib–conditionsgot unsatisfied

LSR–175

Program useless incalibration

Following are applicablealarms for the YP seriesonly

ALM No. 4140

Laser oscillator not Ready

ALM No. 4141

Initial loading

Page 136: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

129

When current waveform data or register data is to be transferred, thisalarm is issued if the laser power supply cannot receive the data sent fromthe CNC.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Data transfer error Turn the laser power supply and the NC powersupply OFF and then back ON.

2 Laser controller error Replace the laser controller.

When current waveform data is to be registered, an over current check isperformed. If the current data to be registered includes an item thatexceeds the capacity of the laser oscillator, the NC detects this as an overcurrent error to prevent that item, which can cause an alarm, from beingregistered with the laser power supply.The table below gives the alarm detection conditions.

Model Over current detection condition

YP1000–E A current value exceeding 522 [A] exceeds 0.4 [msec].A current value exceeding 348 [A] exceeds 2.0 [msec].A current value exceeding 261 [A] exceeds 3.0 [msec].A current value exceeding 218 [A] exceeds 4.0 [msec].A current value exceeding 174 [A] exceeds 5.0 [msec].

The number of the current waveform in which the over current error hasbeen detected can be identified with the bits of parameters Nos. 920 and921 on the diagnosis screen. Correct the current value data for thewaveform number whose bit is “1”.

When current waveform data or register data is to be transferred, thisalarm is issued if the state in which the data sent from the CNC cannot beread correctly continues for a long time.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Data transfer error Turn the laser power supply and the NC powersupply OFF and then back ON.

2 The transfer data contains an invalidnumeric value.

Check if the numeric values in the data to betransferred are within the valid ranges.

This alarm is issued if any of the following errors occur in the laser powersupply. The cause of this alarm is displayed on the touch display. Checkthe display and remove the cause of the failure.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 OVERHUMID LASER CABINET(Condensation error)

Pins 10 and 11 of connector CN23 are openand a condensation error is detected. Takethe corrective action against laser alarm [No.4075] (condensation error).

2 OVER TEMP SHUTTER(Shutter temperature error)

Pins 02 and 15 of connector CN23 are openand a temperature error is detected. Take thecorrective action against laser alarm [No.4087] (shutter temperature error).

3 OVER TEMP ABSORBER(Beam absorber temperature error)

Pins 06 and 19 of connector CN23 are openand a temperature error is detected. Take thecorrective action against laser alarm [No.4077] (beam absorber temperature error).

ALM No. 4142

Data receivingerror

ALM No. 4143

Over current

ALM No. 4144

Data sendingerror

ALM No. 4145

Refer touch display

Page 137: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

130

No. ActionCause of failure

4 OVER TEMP LASER CABINET(Temperature error inside the reso-nator)

Pins 05 and 18 of connector CN23 are open anda temperature error is detected. Take the cor-rective action against laser alarm [No. 4067](temperature error inside the laser oscillator).

5 OVER TEMP POWER CABINET(Temperature error inside the powersupply locker)

PCT1 and PCT2 located at the rear of the con-troller are open and a temperature error is de-tected. Take the corrective action against la-ser alarm [No. 4067] (temperature error insidethe laser oscillator).

6 DI WATER UNIT ALARM(De–ionized water circulator unitalarm)

CLA1 and CLA2 located at the front of the con-troller are open and a de–ionized water circulatorerror is detected. Check the item for which theLED is lit on the display panel attached to the la-ser oscillator door and take corrective action.

WATER FLOW –– De–ionized flow alarmIssued if the de–ionized water flow goes be-low the specified value.75 l/min for the Y1000–E, YP–1000EWATER LEVEL – De–ionized water level alarmIssued if the ionized water tank level goes be-low the specified value.WATER O.H. –– De–ionized water high–tem-perature alarmIssued if the temperature of de–ionized waterexceeds the specified value (40 °C).MOTER O.L. –– Motor overload alarmIssued if an error occurs in the de–ionized pumpinverter. See the inverter alarm indication.EXTERNAL COOLING WATER –– Externalcooling water flow alarm Issued if the flow of theexternal cooling water supplied from the outsidegoes below the specified value.

7 Spare

8 LOW PRESSURE PURGE GAS (Low purge gas pressure alarm)

Pins 2 and 3 of CN55 located at the front of thecontroller are open and a low pressure alarmis detected. Take corrective action against la-ser alarm [No. 4073] (low purge gas pressurealarm).

9 Spare

10

11

POWER UNIT 2 ERROR

POWER UNIT 1 ERROR

Power is not supplied to the power unit, or theover current detector is activated.The controller is not connected to the powerunit properly.The unit is not selected properly with the DIPswitch.

12 SHIMMER 2–1 ERROR OFF error of pumping lamp #3

13 SHIMMER 1–1 ERROR OFF error of pumping lamp #1

22 SHIMMER 2–2 ERROR OFF error of pumping lamp #4

23 SHIMMER 1–2 ERROR OFF error of pumping lamp #2

14

15

POWER UNIT 2 TEMP ERROR

POWER UNIT 1 TEMP ERROR

The temperature of the radiator of the powerunit exceeds 75 �C.

16 TRIGGER ERROR Failure to turn simmer ON.During a simmer ON operation, not all lampsturn ON even after a specified number of trig-gers.Take corrective action against laser alarm[No. 4066] (discharge start error).

17 NOT READY All pumping lamps turn ON although simmerdischarge is OFF.

18 OVER POWER ALARM Activation is attempted with overpower data.

Page 138: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

131

No. ActionCause of failure

19 OVER CURRENT ALARM Activation is attempted with over current data.

20 SHORT ERROR (NO RETURN)

Output end short errorDuring a shimmer ON operation, shimmercurrent flows although a trigger is not output.If this occurs, a probable cause is that thehigh–voltage output ends are shorted. Checkthe wiring.

21 DATA ERROR ALARM Activation is attempted with out–of–range data.

3839

POWER_UNIT2 OUTPUT ERRORPOWER_UNIT1 OUTPUT ERROR

In a certain level of output condition or higher,the output becomes abnormal and lowered.(This is determined by checking chopping op-eration.)

40414243

LAMP1 NOT LIGHTEDLAMP2 NOT LIGHTEDLAMP3 NOT LIGHTEDLAMP4 NOT LIGHTED

During shimmer ON operation, a pumpinglamp is not turned on.

When current waveform data or register data is to be registered, a powerover check is performed.If the current waveform data or register data includes an item that exceedsthe capacity of the laser oscillator when combined with the correspondingregister data or current waveform data item, the NC detects this as a powerover error to prevent that item, which can cause an alarm, from beingregistered with the laser power supply.The table below gives the alarm detection conditions.

Model Power over detection condition

YP1000–E Power calculation formula PP = K0 � Σ [Current value � 1.098)1.5 � pulse width] � frequency(where K0 = 24.3 (constant)P value greater than or equal to 8000 W results in a power over error.

The number of the register for which the power over error has beendetected can be identified with the bits of parameters Nos. 922, 923, and924 on the diagnosis screen.

The safety beam shutter of the laser oscillator can be opened in thePURGE or LSTR state in the laser sequence.This alarm is issued if the shutter is open in a state in the laser sequencein which the shutter cannot be opened.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 The laser oscillator is turned ON af-ter the shutter is opened manually.

Turn OFF the shutter open command(SHTON = 1) from the PMC and then start thelaser oscillator.

2 The laser sequence is stopped withthe shutter open.

Check if the shutter is closed, then set HVONor RUN to 0.

ALM No. 4146

Power over error

ALM No. 4149

Shutter open

Page 139: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

132

If the power calibration coefficient is determined to be less than 819 at thestartup of the laser oscillator, this alarm is detected.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Incorrect setting of the input calibra-tion coefficient

Check whether the same value as specifiedon the attached data sheet is set in parameterNo. 15215. If you have replaced the rear cou-pler and power sensor, you need change thisparameter. See the description of the methodfor adjusting the input calibration coefficient,and set the parameter again.

2 A parameter related to power cal-ibration is set incorrectly.

Check whether the values set in parameterNos. 15200 to 15209 are the same as the val-ues specified on the attached data sheet.

3 The rear coupler is defective. If the laser power Pa (W) value displayed onthe CNC screen is too large when it iscompared with the laser output from the emit-ting end of the fiber or the laser output from theprocessing nozzle end, this alarm is issued.If this alarm is issued, check whether the rearcoupler has a burn.

If a lamp being on cannot be turned off after shimmer discharge stopoperation is performed for the lamp, this alarm is detected.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Laser controller malfunctioning The laser controller that controls the start andstop of shimmer discharge for the laser powersupply may malfunction.Replace the laser controller.

2 Laser power supply malfunctioning The shimmer control circuit in the power sup-ply is considered to be abnormal.Replace the laser power supply.

The laser laser oscillator cannot receive transfer data sent from the CNC.

No. Cause of failure Action

1 Data transfer error Turn off the power to the laser power supplyand NC, then perform restart operation.

2 An illegal value is specified in cur-rent waveform data and registerdata.

Check all the values set in the 16 current wa-veform data items and eight sets of registerdata to see if there is an illegal value.

3 Abnormal laser controller Replace the laser controller.

ALM No. 4150

Power calib. coe.

ALM No. 4151

Shimmer off

ALM No. 4155

Receive impossible

Page 140: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

133

When an optical fiber that delivers the YAG laser beam to the processingpoint is broken or burnt and becomes useless, the fiber breakage detectionfunction allows the laser output controller to detect the abnormality in theoptical fiber and immediately stop the beam output safely.

With the Y1000–E laser oscillator, one of the following two fiberbreakage detection methods can be used:

� Optical fiber breakagedetection method

Heat–fusing wire method

Reflected–light detection method

This section explains the features of the two types of fiber breakagedetection function.

With the optical fiber breakage detection method using a heat–fusingwire, whether the laser beam is guided normally through the inside of theoptical fiber is monitored constantly by running a thin metallic wire alongand in contact with the optical fiber for processing. In this method, whena certain damage occurring in the optical fiber core prevents the beamfrom being transmitted with no loss, the beam is released outside the fibercore, which heats the circumference of the fiber excessively. As a result,the metallic wire in contact with the fiber fuses and breaks.

Therefore, abnormality in the optical fiber can be detected by monitoringwhether an electrical circuit using this wire is conductive ornon–conductive. Before the scattered beam damages the fiber protectionflexible tube, the metallic wire fuses, and a breakage is detected. This canprevent the beam from being radiated to surroundings, thereforepreventing danger.The electrical circuit using this wire is connected in series to a fiberadapter disconnection monitor circuit. The electrical circuit is run via thecontact points in the adapters at the both fiber ends to monitordisconnection in the fiber adapters at the same time.Furthermore, this electrical circuit is also connected in series to a fiberreceptacle temperature detection circuit on the beam input side. Byrunning the electrical circuit via a temperature switch that is closed in thenormal condition, a fiber breakage or abnormally high temperature dueto joint incompleteness in the fiber receptacle can also be detected.

5.5DESCRIPTION OFTHE FIBERBREAKAGEDETECTIONFUNCTION FOR THEYAGROBOT

5.5.1Outline

5.5.2Heat–Fusing WireMethod

� Explanation of thedetection method

Page 141: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

134

Laser Processing Nozzle

Laser cavity Fiber Coupling Unit

Interlock unit

fiber disconnect

alarm signal

Optical Fiber forProcessing

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ

YAG Laser cabinet

DC24V

0V

Fiber adapterfitting monitor

Fiber adapterfitting monitor

Over heatmonitor

shutter close

interlock signal

Fig. 5.5.2 (a) Explanatory diagram of the fiber detection function using the heat–fusing wire method

In a YAG laser processing system that uses an optical fiber and processingnozzle, the fiber breakage detection function becomes available when theoptical fiber with the fiber breakage detection function and the R–J3 robotcontroller complying with the YAG laser specification are used. Anexample is shown below.

Application example:Y1000–E laser oscillator A04B–0857–B301Optical fiber coupling unit A04B–0857–H312, one unitOptical fiber A04B–0860–H208/6L10, one fiber(with the breakage detection function)Processing nozzle A04B–0850–H314/D20, one nozzle

In laser oscillator using the fiber breakage detection function with theheat–fusing wire method described in this subsection, the detectioncircuit forms a large closed circuit as shown in Fig. 5.5.2 (a). Therefore,when a circuit disconnection is detected in any part of the closed circuit,it is indicated with the following alarm message:

Lsr–091 Optical fiber disconnectWhen a disconnection in the circuit is detected, the shutter is closedforcibly by hardware. In the software, the shimmer discharge is turnedoff, and the laser oscillation stops.If the above alarm (lsr–091) is detected, see the connection diagram givenabove, and check cable connection and conductivity. By following thesteps explained below, check the cable:

(1) Check that each end of the optical fiber is connected securely. (Fiberadapter on the beam input side and adapter on the beam emission side)

� Application example

� Alarm monitor

Page 142: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

135

(2) Check that pins 1 and 2 of the connector (CN158) attached to theoptical fiber are conducting.

(3) If step 2 above shows that the pins are not conducting:Try to detach then attach the adapters at both ends of the fiber, andcheck whether the pins are conducting even momentarily. If the pinsare conducting even momentarily, there may be poor connection inthe adapters.

(4) If step 2 above shows that pins 1 and 4 of the cable joint connectorare not conducting, the connection detection wire in the optical fiberis broken. Replace the optical fiber.

If pins 1 and 2 of the CN159 connector that is connected to the temperaturesensor are not conducting, there may be a temperature abnormality.

The optical fiber breakage detection method using reflected light. Thisdetermine whether the YAG laser beam is guided to the processing nozzlethrough the inside of the processing optical fiber normally. Anabnormality in the processing optical fiber is detected as follows. Part ofthe reflected light of the YAG laser beam guided through the processingoptical fiber to the inside of the processing nozzle is led into themonitoring optical fiber. The YAG laser beam led into the monitoringoptical fiber is fed to the fiber monitoring PCB, where the laser beam isconverted from the optical signal to electrical level signal. This electricalsignal is transmitted to the laser controller through I/O linkcommunication. The signal is then monitored to determine whether thefiber is in the normal condition.

If there is a response with reflected light while the YAG laser beam isbeing emitted, the processing optical fiber is regarded as normal. If thereis no response with reflected light, the processing optical fiber is regardedas abnormal.

5.5.3Reflected–LightDetection Method

� Explanation of thedetection method

Page 143: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

136

Laser Processing Nozzle

ÕÕÕÕÕÕÕÕÕ

Laser cavityFiber Coupling Unit

Fiber monitor PCB

A20B–1007–0350

Interface PCB

R–J3 controllerfor YAG laser spec.

I/OLink

Optical Fiber forProcessing

Optical Fiber fordetecting fiber breakage

ÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔÔ

YAG Laser cabinet

Fig. 5.5.3 (a) Explanatory diagram of the fiber detection function using the reflected–light detection method

In a YAG laser processing system that uses an optical fiber and processingnozzle, the fiber breakage function becomes available when the opticalfiber with a hardware option function for fiber breakage detection and theR–J3 robot controller complying with the YAG laser specification areused. An example is shown below.

Application example:Y1000–E laser oscillator A04B–0857–B301Optical fiber coupling unit A04B–0857–H311, one unitOptical fiber A04B–0860–H206/6L10, one fiber(with the breakage detection function)Fiber adapter unit A04B–0857–J301, one unitFiber monitor unit A04B–0857–J201, one unitOptical fiber for monitoring A04B–0850–H220/L4, one fiber

The following timing chart shows the relationship between the reflectedlight of the YAG laser beam and the electrically converted monitor signaland also shows the time for alarm monitoring:

� Application example

� Alarm monitor

Page 144: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

137

Checking of shutter open state

Open

Closed

Shutter open signal monitor

During beam output Being emitted

Stopped

Reflected–lightmonitor detection

Reflected light detected

No reflected light

Time for detecting fiberdisconnection alarm

Enabled

Disabled

Time width A

A(msec) B(msec)

Point P Q

Fig. 5.5.3 (b) Timing chart

Alarm monitoring for fiber disconnection detection is performed onlywhen a beam is emitted from the processing nozzle.

The following explains settings related to fiber breakage detection:

(1) Function for enabling or disabling breakage detection for each fiberIn the R–J3 controller, breaks in up to four optical fibers can bedetected at the same time. Whether to enable breakage detectionmonitoring can be set for each fiber in a system variable as follows:

$LW_SETUP$FBR1_ENBL =FALSE : Does not perform breakage detection for fiber 1.TRUE : Performs breakage detection for fiber 1.

$LW_SETUP$FBR2_ENBL =FALSE : Does not perform breakage detection for fiber 2.TRUE : Performs breakage detection for fiber 2.

$LW_SETUP$FBR3_ENBL =FALSE : Does not perform breakage detection for fiber 3.TRUE : Performs breakage detection for fiber 3.

$LW_SETUP$FBR4_ENBL =FALSE : Does not perform breakage detection for fiber 4.TRUE : Performs breakage detection for fiber 4.

(2) Fiber branch unit settingThe number of branches of the fiber branch unit is set.

$LW_SETUP$FBR_NUM = 0 or 1When 0: All fiber signals (1 to 4) are monitored.When 1: The signal of fiber 1 is monitored.

Only 0 and 1 are allowed in this setting.

� Setting on the robotcontroller side

Page 145: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

138

(3) Setting of the alarm monitor start timerThe time for starting breakage alarm detection can be set with asystem variable.

$LW_SETUP$FBR_DCTIME = 8 to 1000 (msec)In the timing chart shown in Fig. 5.5.3 (b), a wait time (time widthA) is indicated as the time from the issuance of a beam emissioncommand (point P) until alarm monitoring actually starts (point Q).This wait time can be changed by system variable setting. The defaultis 300 msec. When the system variable has been set, the power mustbe turned off before operation is continued.

The alarm monitor can detect a fiber break under the followingconditions:

1) Use of the fiber breakage function is set in a system variable.2) Beam output is in progress, and a set time has passed.3) The shutter is open. (Because power calibration is performed with the

shutter closed, monitoring is not performed during calibration.)4) The laser is in the LSTR state.

If a fiber break is detected under the above conditions, one of thefollowing alarms is displayed on the teach pendant, the laser stopsdischarging, and the laser sequence returns to the initial state presentimmediately after power–up.

Alarm messages

Lsr–153 No.1 fiber is damagedLsr–154 No.2 fiber is damagedLsr–155 No.3 fiber is damagedLsr–156 No.4 fiber is damaged

For troubleshooting of these alarms, see the description of correctiveaction for the alarm screen in Section 5.4.

The laser oscillator with the fiber breakage detection function using thereflected–light detection method described in this subsection is equippedwith an adapter disconnection monitor. This monitor is used to detectsuch an abnormal condition that the adapter on the beam input side of thefiber and the adapter on the beam emission side of the fiber are notattached normally. If an optical fiber is disconnected, the disconnectionmonitor function displays the following alarm, disabling YAG laser beamemission:

Lsr–091 Optical fiber disconnect

� Alarm indication

� Optical fiberdisconnection monitor

Page 146: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

139

Fiber adapterOptical fiber disconnection monitor

Optical fiber disconnection monitor

Laser beamemission side

Laser beamemission side

Fiber coupling unit

Laser oscillator

Adapter disconnectiondetection relay

Stop laseroscillatorCable joint connector

Connector CN145

DC24V

0V

Fig. 5.5.3 (c) Connection diagram for the optical fiber disconnection monitor

If an alarm indicating fiber adapter disconnection (Lsr–091) is issued, seethe above connection diagram, and check each cable connection andconductivity. Follow the steps explained below to check the cables:

1) Check that each end of the optical fiber is connected securely. (Fiberadapter on the beam input side and adapter on the beam emission side)

2) Check that pins 1 and 4 of the cable joint connector on the optical fibercoupling side are conducting.

3) If step 2 above shows that the pins are not conducting:Detach the connector on the fiber adapter side (the laser emissionside), and check that the two pins for fiber connection detection canbe inserted and removed securely by manual operation.In this case, check that pins 1 and 4 of the cable joint connectordescribed in step 2 are conducting.Similarly, check the operation of the fiber connection detection pinson the laser input side.

4) If step 3 above shows that pins 1 and 4 of the cable joint connectorare not conducting, the cable for connection detection in the opticalfiber is broken. Replace the optical fiber.

5) If step 2 above shows that pins 1 and 4 of the cable joint connectorare conducting, the inside of the optical fiber is regarded as normal.Check the cable between the cable joint connector and CN145.

Page 147: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/015. TROUBLESHOOTING

140

Pin #4

Pin #1

Pin layout of the cable joint connector

Laser oscillator side(Beam input side)

Cable joint terminalFiber adapter side

(Beam emission side)

Page 148: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

5. TROUBLESHOOTINGB–70294EN/01

141

Fig. 5.5.3 (d) Fiber coupling unit outer dimensions

Fig. 5.5.3 (d) Fiber coupling unit outer dimensions

Page 149: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)
Page 150: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

APPENDIX

Page 151: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)
Page 152: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

A. LASER OSCILLATOR LAYOUT DIAGRAMB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

145

A LASER OSCILLATOR LAYOUT DIAGRAM

Page 153: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

A. LASER OSCILLATOR LAYOUT DIAGRAM B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

146

Fig. A (a) Y–1000E Layout Diagram

Page 154: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

A. LASER OSCILLATOR LAYOUT DIAGRAMB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

147

Fig. A (b) YP–1000E Layout Diagram

Page 155: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENSON THE TOUCH DISPLAY (CNC CONTROL ONLY) B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

148

B EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENS ON THE TOUCH DISPLAY(CNC CONTROL ONLY)

After the power is turned on, the 10–count initial timer is started and thenthe following initial remote–mode screen is displayed.

(1) Initial screen in remote modeThe following screen is displayed, allowing selection of data forwaveforms 1 to 16, data for execution order registers Nos. 1 to 8, andother transfer data.

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

���

� ��� ����

������ �������

��

��to

Keys for selecting the data for the respective waveforms

��to

Keys for selecting the data for the respective execution order registers

���Key for selecting other transfer data including the current value over-ride, frequency override, power calibration coefficient, total numberof outputs, and lamp ON time

Page 156: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENS ON THE TOUCH DISPLAY

(CNC CONTROL ONLY)B–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

149

(2) Display of waveform data in remote modeWaveform data registered with the controller is displayed as shownbelow.

���� ������ �

����

�������

������

�������

� ��� �� ���

� ��� �� ���

� ��� �� �

� ��� �� �

� ��� �� �

� ��� �� �

��� � �

��� � �

� ��� �� �

�� ��� �� �

� ����

�� ����

� � !"

WAVE NUMBER 5 Indicates the number of the waveform whose data is currently displayed.. . .

DATA Indicates the current values registered with the respective steps.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IMAGE Displays an image of the waveform based on the current value data indicated in DATA.. . . . . . . . . . . .

STEP Indicates the total number of steps with which a current value exceeding 0 [A] is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . registered.

PULSE Indicates the pulse width [ms] of a single shot.. . . . . . . . . . . . .

EXIT Returns the system to the initial screen (selection screen).. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 157: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENSON THE TOUCH DISPLAY (CNC CONTROL ONLY) B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

150

(3) Display of execution order register data in remote modeThe execution order register data registered with the controller isdisplayed as shown below.

�������� ������ �

����

����# �� � � �

���� �� � � �

���� ��� � ��� ��

$��%

&$��% '

�� �

�� �

����� �� � �

����� ���� � �

REGISTER NUMBER 2 Indicates the number of the execution order register (1 to 8) whose data is. . . currently displayed on the screen.

BLOCK NO. Indicates execution order numbers 1, 2, and 3.. . . . . . . . . . . . .

WAVE NO. Indicates the waveform numbers (1 to 16) registered with the respective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . execution order numbers.

WAVE MAG. Indicates the waveform magnifications [%] registered with the respective. . . . . . . . . . . . . execution order numbers.

FREQ. Indicates the frequencies [Hz] registered with the respective execution order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . numbers.

(FREQ.) Indicates the actual frequencies, which result from multiplying the frequencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [Hz] registered with the respective execution order numbers by the frequencyoverride.

[Actual frequency] = [Registered frequency] � [Frequency override]

COUNT Indicates the output counts registered with the respective execution order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . numbers.

IMAGE DISP Indicates the data for the current values to be actually output for the waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . numbers (WAVE Nos. 1 to 16) registered with the respective execution ordernumbers. See the screen description “(4) Display of the current values to beactually output in remote mode.”

EXIT Returns the system to the initial screen (selection screen).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 158: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENS ON THE TOUCH DISPLAY

(CNC CONTROL ONLY)B–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

151

(4) Display of the current values to be actually output in remote modeClicking IMAGE DISP on the execution order register data displayscreen displays the data for the current values to be actually output.

[Output current value] = [Set current value]�([Power calibrationcoefficient]/1024)2/3

�[Waveform magnification]

Example 496 [A] = 600 [A]�(1075/1024)2/3�80 [%]

NOTEEven if the above expression gives an output current valueof less than 60 A, 60 A is set according to the minimumcurrent clump value.Example 60 [A] = 80 [A]�(1024/1024)2/3

�70 [%]

���� ������ �

����

�������

������

�������

� �� �� �

� �� �� �

� ��� �� �

� ��� �� �

� ��� �� �

� ��� �� �

� � �

� � �

� � �� �

�� � �� �

� ����

�� ����

� � !"

Notes

Page 159: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENSON THE TOUCH DISPLAY (CNC CONTROL ONLY) B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

152

(5) Display of other transfer dataThe transfer data registered with the controller is displayed as shownbelow.Data displayed: Frequency override, current value override, powercalibration coefficient, total number of outputs, and lamp ON time

���

����

������ � $��% ��� (

������ � ������� ��� (

������ ��� ���

����� ������� ������)�

�*�� ������� ����

*���� ���

OVERRIDE FREQ Indicates the frequency override [%].. . . . . . . .

OVERRIDE CURRNENT Indicates the current value override [%].. . .

REVISE DATA Indicates the power calibration coefficient. [Reference value: 1024]. . . . . . . . . . . At the start of the initial discharge after the startup of the laser oscillator, theoperator outputs a beam for power compensation to register the powercalibration coefficient. If power compensation is not performed, a referencevalue of 1024 is registered.

TOTAL COUNTER Indicates the total number of shots that have been performed so far. The number. . . . . . . . is displayed with up to nine digits (�109), and cannot be reset.

SHOT COUNTER Indicates the number of shots that have been performed so far. The number is. . . . . . . . . displayed with up to nine digits.

HOURS Indicates the total lamp ON time. The time is indicated with up to five digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [units: hours].

Page 160: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B. EXPLANATION OF THE SCREENS ON THE TOUCH DISPLAY

(CNC CONTROL ONLY)B–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

153

(6) AlarmsThe alarm codes that may be displayed on the touch display are listedbelow.

LCD display Description

#1 OVERHUMID _LASER CABINET Condensation error inside the laser cabinet

#2 OVER TEMP _SHUTTER Shutter temperature error

#3 OVER TEMP _ABSORBER Absorber temperature error

#4 OVER TEMP _LASER CABINET Temperature error inside the resonator

#5 OVER TEMP _POWER CABINET Temperature error inside the power supply locker

#6 DI_WATER UNIT ALARM De–ionized water circulator unit alarm

#7 Spare

#8 LOW PRESSURE_PURGE GAS Low purge gas pressure alarm

#9 Spare

#10 POWER _UNIT2 ERROR Power unit 2 error

#11 POWER _UNIT1 ERROR Power unit 1 error

#12 SHIMMER 2_1 ERROR Unit 2 shimmer 1 OFF error

#13 SHIMMER 1_1 ERROR Unit 1 shimmer 1 OFF error

#14 POWER _UNIT2 TEMP ERROR Power unit 2 temperature error

#15 POWER _UNIT1 TEMP ERROR Power unit 1 temperature error

#16 TRIGGER ERROR Shimmer ON failure

#17 NOT READY Power unit NOT READY

#18 OVER_POWER ALARM Overpower error

#19 OVER_CURRENT ALARM Overcurrent error

#20 SHORT ERROR (NOT RETURN) Emitting–end short error

#21 DATA ERROR ALARM Internal data error

#22 SHIMMER 2_2 ERROR Unit 2 shimmer 2 OFF error

#23 SHIMMER 1_2 ERROR Unit 1 shimmer 2 OFF error

#38 POWER_UNIT2 OUTPUT ERROR Unit 2 output error

#39 POWER_UNIT1 OUTPUT ERROR Unit 1 output error

#40 LAMP1 NOT LIGHTED Lamp OFF error

#41 LAMP2 NOT LIGHTED Lamp OFF error

#42 LAMP3 NOT LIGHTED Lamp OFF error

#43 LAMP4 NOT LIGHTED Lamp OFF error

NOTEAlarm #20 is unresettable. Check the wiring again and turnoff the power and then back on.

Page 161: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

154

C PARAMETERS

The parameters related to laser oscillator sequence control and laserprocessing conditions are explained below.There are many parameters specific to individual laser oscillator modelsand laser oscillators. So, a data sheet is supplied for each laser oscillator.Check and modify the parameters by referring to the supplied data sheet.Whenever the parameters are modified, record the new parameter valuesand modification reasons on the data sheet.For parameters that are not explained below, set them according to thedescriptions on the data sheet.

Page 162: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

155

#715000

#6 #5 #4CLBON

#3BMON

#2AGAUT

#1 #0

No. Parameter

CLBON (0200.4) 1 : Enables power compensation. (Normal operation)0 : Disables power compensation.

BMON (0200.3) 1 : Enables beams to be turned on while the shutter is closed. (Only inmanual mode; at maintenance)

0 : Disables beams to be turned on while the shutter is closed. (Normaloperation)

AGAUT (0200.2) 1 : Does not use assist gas. (At maintenance)0 : Uses assist gas. (Normal operation)

#715001

#6LHCHG

#5 #4 #3 #2PESNG

#1 #0EXAG

EXAG (3978.0) 1 : Assist gas selection Seven types0 : Assist gas selection Three types

PESNG (3978.2) 1 : Does not perform the piercing time at MLK and DRN.0 : Performs the piercing time at MLK and DRN. (Normal operation)

LHCHG (3978.6) 1 : Controls the laser oscillator by external signals.0 : Does not control the laser oscillator by external signals. (Normal

operation)

#715002

#6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1ADC

#0BMONA

BMONA (3979.0) 1 : Enables beam output when the shutter is closed during automaticoperation. (At maintenance)

0 : Disables beam output when the shutter is closed during automaticoperation. (Normal operation)

ADC 1 : Uses a DI signal to determine A/D converter 2 data.0 : Uses the select signal to determine A/D converter 2 data.

#715003

#6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0TIV

TIV 1 : Inverts the sign (+/–) of the tracing displacement amount.0 : Does not invert the sign (+/–) of the tracing displacement amount.

C.1PARAMETERS FORTHE Y SERIES (B8F1SERIES) (CNC ONLY)

Settings forenabling/disablingfunctions

Page 163: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

156

#7CWY15004

#6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

CWY 1 : A CW–YAG laser oscillator is installed.0 : A CO2 laser oscillator is installed.

#7PS815027

#6PS7

#5PS6

#4PS5

#3PS4

#2PS3

#1PS2

#0PS1

PS1 to PS8 (0202.0 to 0202.7)Selects the number of pumping lamps.

[Setting] Set the bits corresponding to the pumping lamps to be used to 1, and setthe other bits to 0.

15040 LPWR

LPWR (0204) Output power setting

[Setting] 0 to 4000

[Unit] W

15041 LHZ

LHZ (0205) Pulse frequency setting

[Setting] 5 to 2000

[Unit] Hz

15042 LDTY

LDTY (0206) Pulse duty cycle

[Setting] 0 to 100

[Unit] %

15070 LPWRP

LPWRP Piercing power

[Setting] 0 to 4000

[Unit] W

15071 LHZP

LHZP Piercing pulse frequency

[Setting] 5 to 2000

[Unit] Hz

Pumping lampselection

Contouring conditions

Piercing conditions

Page 164: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

157

15072 LDTYP

LDTYP Piercing duty cycle

[Setting] 0 to 100

[Unit] %

15073 PEACTM

PEACTM Piercing time

[Setting] 0 to 99999999

[Unit] ms

15100 LAGASL

LAGASL Assist gas selection

Select the type of assist gas

[Setting] 0 to 7

15101 LAFWSL

LAFWSL Flow pattern selection

Select the assist gas flow pattern.

[Setting] 1, 2, 3

15102 LPRE1

15103 LPRE2

15104 LPRE3

LPRE1, LPRE2, LPRE3 (0208 to 0210)Pre–flow time 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas pre–flow time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

15108 LAFT1

15109 LAFT2

15110 LAFT3

LAFT1, LAFT2, LAFT3 (0211 to 0213)After–flow time 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas after–flow time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

Assist gas pressureand time settings

Page 165: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

158

15114 LAGPR1

15115 LAGPR2

15116 LAGPR3

LAGPR1, LAGPR2, LAGPR3 (0215 to 0217)Pre–flow pressure 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas pre–flow pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15120 LAGEX1

15121 LAGEX2

15122 LAGEX3

LAGEX1, LAGEX2, LAGEX3 (0218 to 0220)Processing flow pressure 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas processing flow pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15126 LAGAF1

15127 LAGAF2

15128 LAGAF3

LAGAF1, LAGAF2, LAGAF3 (0221 to 0223)After–flow pressure 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas after–flow pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15132 AGPST

AGPST (3990) Maximum assist gas pressure

Set the assist gas pressure (MPa) for 10–V output.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15201 LPCMD2

LPCMD2 (0231) Output specification for power calibration

Specify power for obtaining the power calibration coefficient.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

Parameters related tolaser oscillator control

Page 166: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

159

15203 MRLMT

MRLMT (0240) Power calibration limit

When the power calibration coefficient exceeds this value, warning isdisplayed.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

15204 CAL

CAL (0241) Power calibration coefficient

This coefficient is used for compensating a specified output for actualpower. This parameter is set automatically during power compensation.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

15205 PCLBTM

PCLBTM (3991) Power calibration time setting

Set the power calibration time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] s

15207 PCLMT

PCLMT (3986) Upper limit of power

If a specified power value resulting after power calibration and powerfeedback addition exceeds this setting, the power value is clamped to thissetting.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

15208 PFBGN

PFBGN (0233) Laser power feedback gain

[Setting] 0 to 32767

15209 PFBCP

PFBCP (0234) Power feedback amount clamping

Clamping is performed to prevent the specified power from increasingexcessively during power feedback.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

Page 167: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

160

15210 LPWMAX

LPWMAX (0238) Maximum output power

If a specified output power value exceeds this setting, the value is clampedto the setting.

[Setting] 0 to 4000

[Unit] W

[Standard setting] 1000

15214 CW–YAG FRQ. MAX.

CW–YAG FRQ. MAX Maximum modulation frequency

If a specified modulation frequency value exceeds this setting, thefrequency is clamped to the setting.

[Setting] 5 to 500

[Unit] Hz

[Standard setting] 500

15215 PWCM

PWCM (0259) Power input calibration coefficient

[Setting] 102 (0.1 × 210) to 10240 (10 × 210)If 0 is set, 1024 (1 × 210) is assumed.

[Standard setting] Refer to the supplied parameter sheet.

15216 TCNST

TCNST (0262) Power indicator filter time constant.

Set the time constant for the filter that suppresses flickering of the powerindicator.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] ms

15218 TCNST

YGDCLP Upper limit on the laser output Pc

This parameter takes effect if CWY, bit 7 of parameter No. 15004, is setto 1. If the specified laser output Pc exceeds this setting, the duty islimited so that this setting is not exceeded.If 0 is set, 500 (W) is assumed.

[Setting] 0 to 32767 in watts

[Standard setting] 500

[Message] “YAG DTY CLMP PWR”

Page 168: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

161

15220 LVICMD

LVICMD (0247) Maximum specifiable bias value at the start of discharge

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] mV

15221 LVBEAM

LVBEAM (0248) Discharge start voltage

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] V

15222 LWTBMS

LWTBMS (0249) Discharge start wait time

Set the wait time from when the maximum bias value is specified atdischarge start until actual discharge is confirmed.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

15223 LVCMD

LVCMD (0250) Bias value specification

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] mV

15265 PWRUP

PWRUP (3982) Permissible output increase value

If the difference between specified power and the actual output exceedsthis setting, an alarm is issued.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

15266 ALPUPL

ALPUPL (3983) Output limit value

If the actual output exceeds this setting, an alarm is issued.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

Parameters related todischarge

High–reflectivitymaterial alarm

Page 169: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

162

15270 NRMLTV

NRMLTV (0199) Pumping lamp voltage in normal state

Set the pumping lamp voltage during shimmer discharge in the normalstate. After HV is turned on, this parameter is rewritten automatically.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] V

15271 PWRDP

PWRDP (0242) Permissible output decrease valueIf the difference between the specified output and actual output exceedsthis setting, an alarm is issued.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

15272 TVOFST

TVOFST (0243) Permissible pumping lamp voltage decreaseIf the difference between the pumping lamp voltage when the laser isbeing used and the pumping lamp voltage at laser startup exceeds thissetting, an alarm is issued.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] V

Parameters related tolaser power/voltagedecrease

Page 170: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

163

15281 LPCPW2

LPCPW2 (0267) Power table incremental value

Set an incremental value in W for specifying incremental output values.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

15300 LPCP20

15301 LPCP21

15302 LPCP22

15303 LPCP23

15304 LPCP24

15305 LPCP25

15306 LPCP26

15307 LPCP27

15308 LPCP28

LPCP20 to LPCP28 (0277 to 0285)Setting values

Set output values starting from 0 in increments of the power tableincremental value.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

Power table settings

Page 171: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

164

#715000

#6 #5 #4CLBON

#3BMON

#2AGAUT

#1 #0

No. Parameter

AGAUT (0200.2) 1 : Does not use assist gas. (At maintenance)0 : Uses assist gas. (Normal operation)

BMON (0200.3) 1 : Enables beams to be turned on while the shutter is closed. (Only inmanual mode; at maintenance)

0 : Disables beams to be turned on while the shutter is closed. (Normaloperation)

CLBON (0200.4) 1 : Enables power calibration. (Normal operation)0 : Disables power calibration.

#715001

#6LHCHG

#5 #4 #3 #2PESNG

#1G0B

#0EXAG

EXAG (3978.0) 1 : Assist gas selection Seven types0 : Assist gas selection Three types

G0B 1 : G00 causes beam emission.0 : G00 does not cause beam emission. (Normal operation)

PESNG (3978.2) 1 : Does not perform the piercing time at MLK and DRN.0 : Performs the piercing time at MLK and DRN. (Normal operation)

LHCHG (3978.6) 1 : Controls the laser oscillator by external signals.0 : Does not control the laser oscillator by external signals. (Normal

operation)

#715002

#6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0BMONA

BMONA (3979.0) 1 : Enables beam output when the shutter is closed during automaticoperation. (At maintenance)

0 : Disables beam output when the shutter is closed during automaticoperation. (Normal operation)

#715003

#6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0TIV

TIV 1 : Inverts the sign (+/–) of the tracing displacement amount.0 : Does not invert the sign (+/–) of the tracing displacement amount.

C.2PARAMETERS FORTHE YP SERIES(B8F4 SERIES) (CNCONLY)

Settings forenabling/disablingfunctions

Page 172: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

165

#715004

#6 #5 #4 #3 #2SPB

#1STC

#0AGC

AGC 1 : G32P_; is a gas pressure control direct command.0 : G32P_; is a flow pattern command.

STC 1 : Controls the shutter by external signals.0 : Controls the shutter by G codes.

SPB 1 : Does not perform beam output during skip.0 : Performs beam output during skip.

#715005

#6ITR

#5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

ITR The tracing control interlock signal is

1 : Enabled.

0 : Disabled.

15100 LAGASL

LAGASL Assist gas selection

Select the type of assist gas.

[Setting] 0 to 7

15101 LAFWSL

LAFWSL Flow pattern selection

Select the assist gas flow pattern.

[Setting] 1, 2, 3

15102 LPRE1

15103 LPRE2

15104 LPRE3

LPRE1, LPRE2, LPRE3 (0208 to 0210)Pre–flow time 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas pre–flow time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

Assist gas pressureand time settings

Page 173: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

166

15108 LAFT1

15109 LAFT2

15110 LAFT3

LAFT1, LAFT2, LAFT3 (0211 to 0213)After–flow time 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas after–flow time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

15114 LAGPR1

15115 LAGPR2

15116 LAGPR3

LAGPR1, LAGPR2, LAGPR3 (0215 to 0217)Pre–flow pressure 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas pre–flow pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15120 LAGEX1

15121 LAGEX2

15122 LAGEX3

LAGEX1, LAGEX2, LAGEX3 (0218 to 0220)Processing flow pressure 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas processing flow pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15126 LAGAF1

15127 LAGAF2

15128 LAGAF3

LAGAF1, LAGAF2, LAGAF3 (0221 to 0223)After–flow pressure 1, 2, 3

Set the assist gas after–flow pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

Page 174: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

167

15132 AGPST

AGPST (3990) Maximum assist gas pressure

Set the assist gas pressure (MPa) for 10–V output.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

[Standard setting] 255

15135 AGTIM

AGTIM Assist gas pressure setting time

Set the assist gas pressure setting time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

15136 AGPRS

AGPRS Assist gas pressure setting

Set the assist gas pressure.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15137 AGTIMP

AGTIMP Assist gas pressure setting time for piercing

Set the setting time of the assist gas pressure for piercing.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] 10 ms

15138 AGPRSP

AGPRSP Assist gas pressure setting for piercing

Set the assist gas pressure for piercing.

[Setting] 0 to 255

[Unit] 0.01 MPa

15150 LTTIME

LTTIME Laser RUN ON time

The cumulative RUN ON time is set automatically.

[Setting] 0 to 99999999

[Unit] 0.1 h

Laser maintenance/inspection timeindication function

Page 175: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

168

15152 SHTTIM

SHTTIM Shutter alarm mask time

Time from when a shutter operation is specified until alarm monitoringstarts

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] ms

15200 LPCMD1

LPCMD1 (0230) Power calibration output specification

Power specified for obtaining the power calibration coefficient.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

[Standard setting] Refer to the supplied parameter sheet

15203 MRLMT

MRLMT (0240) Power calibration limit

When the power calibration coefficient exceeds this value, warning isdisplayed.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Standard setting] 1200

15204 CAL

CAL (0241) Power calibration coefficient

This coefficient is used for compensating a specified output for the actualpower. This parameter is set automatically during power compensation.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Standard setting] Automatic setting

15205 PCLBTM

PCLBTM (3991) Power calibration time setting

Set the power calibration time.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] s

[Standard setting] 40

Parameters related tolaser oscillator control

Page 176: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

169

15207 PCCURT

PCCURT Power calibration current

Set the current value for power calibration.

[Setting] 0 to 1000

[Unit] A

[Standard setting]

15208 PCSTP

PCSTP Number of steps for power calibration

[Setting] 0 to 20

[Unit] 0.1 ms

[Standard setting]

15209 PCFRQ

PCFRQ Power calibration frequency

Set the frequency for power calibration.

[Setting] 0 to 200

[Unit] Hz

[Standard setting]

15215 PWCM

PWCM (0259) Power input calibration coefficient

[Setting] 102 (0.1 × 210) to 10240 (10 × 210)If 0 is set, 1024 (1 × 210) is assumed.

[Standard setting] Refer to the supplied parameter sheet.

15216 TCNST

TCNST (0262) Power indicator filter time constant

Set the time constant for the filter that suppresses flickering of the powerindicator.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] ms

[Standard setting] 60

Page 177: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

170

15218 CRNMAX

CRNMAX Maximum current value

Set the maximum current value that can be registered. If a greater currentvalue than this setting is specified, an alarm is issued. After a parameterall clear operation has been performed, this parameter is automatically setto 1000.

[Setting] 0 to 1000

[Unit] A

[Standard setting] 600 (For YP1000–E)

15219 CRNMIN

CRNMIN Minimum current value

Set the minimum current value that can be registered. If a smaller currentvalue than this setting is specified, an alarm is issued. After a parameterall clear operation has been performed, this parameter is automatically setto 300.

[Setting] 0 to 1000

[Unit] A

[Standard setting] 60 (For YP1000–E)

15220 TIMMIN

TIMMIN Minimum waveform magnification clamp value

Set the minimum waveform magnification that can be registered. If asmaller waveform magnification value than this setting is specified, thewaveform magnification is clamped to this setting.

[Setting] 0 to 100

[Unit] %

[Standard setting] 30 (for YP1000–E)If 0 is set, 30 is assumed automatically.

15221 FRQMAX

FRQMAX Minimum frequency clamp value

Set the maximum repetition frequency that can be registered.If a higher repetition frequency than this setting is specified, an alarm isissued.

[Setting] 0 to 999

[Unit] pps

[Standard setting] 400 (for YP1000–E)If 0 is set, 200 is assumed automatically.

Parameters related todischarge

Page 178: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

171

15256 OFIWT

OFIWT Off–interlock release wait time

Set the off–interlock release wait time at RUN OFF.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] s

[Standard setting] Refer to the supplied parameter sheet

15266 ALPUPL

ALPUPL [3983] Output limit

If the actual output exceeds this value, an alarm is issued.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

[Standard setting] Refer to the supplied parameter sheet

15270 POWER DOWN VALUE

POWER DOWN VALUEValue for detecting power decrease

If the actual laser output is lower than this setting when the beam isemitted, an alarm is issued.If 0 is set, alarm monitoring is not performed.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

15271 P. DOWN MON. WAIT

P. DOWN MON. WAITWait time for starting alarm monitoring

Set the time from the start of beam output until power decrease alarmmonitoring starts.If 0 is set, the wait time is assumed to be 5 sec.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] msec

15272 P. DOWN MON. TIME

P. DOWN MON. TIMEAlarm monitor time width

Set the time from the start of power decrease alarm monitoring untilmonitoring terminates.If 0 is set, alarm monitoring is continued until beam emission stops.

[Setting] 0 to 99999999

[Unit] msec

Parameter related todischarge

High–reflectivitymaterial alarm

Page 179: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

172

15273 P.D. VALUE (CALIB.)

P.D. VALUE (CALIB.)Power decrease detection value (at power calibration)

If the actual laser output is smaller than this setting during powercalibration, an alarm is issued.If 0 is set, alarm monitoring is not performed.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] W

15274 P.D. MON. WAIT (CALIB.)

P.D. MON. WAIT (CALIB.)Wait time for start of alarm monitoring (at power calibration)

Set the time from the start of beam output until power decrease alarmmonitoring starts when power calibration is performed.If 0 is set, the wait time is assumed to be 5 sec.

[Setting] 0 to 32767

[Unit] msec

15275 P.D. MON. TIME (CALIB.)

P.D. MON. TIME (CALIB.)Alarm monitor time width (at power calibration)

Set the time from the start of power decrease alarm monitoring until itterminates when power calibration is performed.If 0 is set, alarm monitoring is continued until beam emission stops.

[Setting] 0 to 99999999

[Unit] msec

Page 180: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

173

A. Laser seutp screen ( MENU → 6 Setup → F1[TYPE] → Laser proc)

��� ���� ��� � �� ��� � �� ���

1 Asist Gas Output Form �

2 Assist Gas Unsetting check 15000.2 TRUE

3 Assist Gas Output enable FALSE

4 Detect A–gas Ready TRUE

5 Detect Chiller Ready TRUE

6 Output at Shutter Close 15000.3 FALSE

7 Head Retreat enable TRUE

8 Head Retreat Group �

9 Head Retreat Value ��

10 Head Retreat Vel ��

11 Start Adjustment Time ����

12 Execute Timer at MLK, DRN FALSE

13 Blink of External Signal �

14 Vane function enable FALSE

15 Delay timer for VANE check �

16 Max LP Data No ��

17 Max LS Data No ��

C.3PARAMETER (R–J3CONTROLLER)

Page 181: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

174

B. System v�ri�ble ( MENU 0 next page → F1[TYPE] → variable)

�� �� ������� ������

��� ���� ��� � �� ��� � �� ���

19 $PKT_NEGELCT

26 $BPV_CNTL 0

27 $CHNG_GAIN 15000.1 0

28 $CLR_MIST 15003.2 0

32 $PLS_FLTR 1

33 $PWR_CALIB 15000.4 1

36 $BOARD_COND 56

37 $SHTMSK_TIME 15152(/1000) 3

�� $RMV_BEAMKEY TRUE

39 $WTM_DSTRT 15222(/100)

40 $TM_GCHNG 15276 0

41 $VCTM_RNON 15255 5

42 $VCTM_RNOF 15256 0

43 $TM_PCALB 15205

44 $PSENS_COEF 15215

45 $CLB_COEF 15204(/1.024)

46 $CLB_LIMT 15203 1200

47 $GAS_GAINL 15245 0

48 $GAS_GAINH 15244 0

49 $INTG_GAIN 15246 0

50 $PWR_GAIN 15208 0

51 $CLMP_PFDBK 15209 0

52 $STRT_TV 15221

53 $NRML_TV 15270

54 $VDRP_LIMT 15272

55 $LSTR_BIAS 15223

56 $MAX_BIAS 15220

57 $PRS_COMPEX 15240 70

58 $LGP_LRDY 15241 70

59 $LGP_LSTR 15242 70

60 $LGP_LSTR2 15243 70

61 $MIN_DUTY 15092 0

62 $VIB_LMTCNT 3

63 $NUM_SELTUB

64 $PWR_SLCT1 15027.0

65 $PWR_SLCT2 15027.1

66 $PWR_SLCT3 15027.2

67 $PWR_SLCT4 15027.3

68 $PWR_SLCT5 15027.4 0

69 $PWR_SLCT6 15027.5 0

70 $PWR_SLCT7 15027.6 0

Page 182: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

175

��� �� ����� ��� ����� ��� �

71 $PWR_SLCT8 15027.7 0

72 $PWR_SLCT9 0

73 $PWR_SLCT10 0

74 $PWR_SLCT11 0

75 $PWR_SLCT12 0

76 $PWR_SLCT13 0

77 $PWR_SLCT14 0

78 $PWR_SLCT15 0

79 $PWR_SLCT16 0

80 $PDRP_LIMT 15271

81 $PRISE_LIMT 15265

82 $MIN_LPWR 15211 0

83 $MAX_PWRCMD 15210

84 $MAX_ACTPWR 15266

85 $MAX_MDFYPWR 15207

86 $PTABLE_NUM 2

88 $CLBVAL_TB 15200 0

89 $PTBL_SPC 15280

90 $PTBL_VAL1 15290

91 $PTBL_VAL2 15291

92 $PTBL_VAL3 15292

93 $PTBL_VAL4 15293

94 $PTBL_VAL5 15294

95 $PTBL_VAL6 15295

96 $PTBL_VAL7 15296

97 $PTBL_VAL8 15297

98 $PTBL_VAL9 15298

99 $CLBVAL_TB2 15201

100 $PTBL_SPC2 15281

101 $PTBL_VAL21 15300 0

102 $PTBL_VAL22 15301

103 $PTBL_VAL23 15302

104 $PTBL_VAL24 15303

105 $PTBL_VAL25 15304

106 $PTBL_VAL26 15305

107 $PTBL_VAL27 15306

108 $PTBL_VAL28 15307

109 $PTBL_VAL29 15308

110 $NGLCT_REV FALSE

111 $REV_HAPPEN FALSE

112 $RUNON_DSBL FALSE

113 $ACTIVE_BDC FALSE

114 $MON_PRSALM TRUE

115 $PCONF_ENBL FALSE

Page 183: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERS B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

176

��� �� ����� ��� ����� ��� �

116 $DCONF_ENBL FALSE

117 $FCONF_ENBL FALSE

118 $DBGKY_ENBL FALSE

119 $SLICE_LVL 9950

122 $RESUME_TIME 100

123 $RET_PTH_SPD 200

124 $TM_GASCNTL1 37

125 $PREV_BOARD 56

126 $YAG_TYPE

127 $MAX_POWER

128 $NOCK_LCKDI FALSE

129 $RFL_DCTIME 5.0

130 $RAI_DCTIME 5.0

131 $FBR_DCTIME 300

132 $FBR_NUM 1

134 $FBR1_ENBL FALSE

135 $FBR2_ENBL FALSE

136 $FBR3_ENBL FALSE

137 $FBR4_ENBL FALSE

138 $MLSK_BEAM 255

140 $MAX_LAMV 2300

141 $PURWR_DC TRUE

142 $SOFT_SHUT FALSE

143 $COMP_SW 0

144 $SHUT_WATM 0.7

145 $SHUTCLDC FALSE

146 $SHUTCLTM 0

147 $SHUTOPMX 2000

148 $LESTPAGS TRUE

149 $AGSDCTIME 500

150 $CEMARKFL FALSE

151 $PCLOFFTM 20

152 $PC8 TRUE

[Notes on setting]

� 45 ($CLB_COEF): Set the NC parameters to 1/1.024.� 63 ($NUM_SELTUBE): Set the parameter as follows:

Y–1000X : 4� 64 to 69 ($PWR_SLCT1 to $PWR_SLCT6):

Set the parameters as follows:SLCT1 2 3 4 5 6

Y–1000X : 1 1 1 1 0 0� 126 ($YAG_TYPE): Set the parameter as follows:

Y–1000X : 1000� 127 ($MAX_POWER): Set the parameter as follows:

Y–1000X : 1000

Page 184: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

C. PARAMETERSB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

177

� Parameters 129 ($RFL_DCTIME) and 130 ($RAI_DCTIME)indicate the laser output error and laser reflection error detectionstart times (in msec) after beam emission, respectively.

� Parameter 131 ($FBR_DCTIME) indicates the fiber breakdetection start time (in msec) after beam emission.

� Parameter 132 ($FBR_NUM) indicates the number of fiberssubject to fiber break detection. (Currently, only one fiber can besupported.)

� Parameters 133 ($FBR_ENBL1) to 136 ($FBR_ENBL4)indicate whether the detection of the break of the respective fibersis enabled or disabled.

� Parameters 140 (#MAX_LAMV) sets the upper limit (in units of0.1 V) of alarm detection when the lamp voltage increases.

Default = 2300� Parameters 141 ($PURWR_DC) sets the message function for

indicating purity warnings of de–ionized water.Default = TRUE (Purity warning indication: Enabled)

� Parameters 150 ($CEMARKFL): Set the parameter as follows:Default = FALSESetting = FALSE: Disables additional software functions for

CE marking.Setting = TRUE: Enables additional software functions for

CE marking.Function: When the CE–marked CW–YAG laser is connected,

the following software functions for CE marking are enabled:

1) Function for resetting the laser power supply alarm2) Function for detecting the laser door open alarm3) Function for selecting TP screen display in connection with

the change in installation location of the red guide light� Parameters 151 ($PCLOFFTM): Set the parameter as follows:

Default = 20Function: Setting of the operation time from the occurrence of an

emergency stop until reset clear operation for the power supply alarm is completed (for CE–marked lasers only)

� Parameters 152 ($PC8) sets the 8–step power calibration function.Default = TRUE (Enables the 8–step power calibration.)

Page 185: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXD. SPECIFICATIONS

178

D SPECIFICATIONS

Page 186: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

APPENDIXB–70294EN/01 D. SPECIFICATION

179

Item

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

Type

Y10

00–E

YP

1000

–E

Met

hod

Arc

–lam

p–pu

mpe

d sl

ab–t

ype

Nd

: YA

G la

ser

Fla

sh–l

amp–

pum

ped

slab

–typ

e N

d : Y

AG

lase

r

Str

uctu

reIn

tegr

ated

–typ

e

Rat

ed la

ser o

utpu

t10

00W

Out

put s

tabi

lity

�2%

or

less

Lase

r wav

elen

gth

1.06

µmB

eam

qua

lity

20m

m�

mra

d or

less

(H

alf r

alue

�H

alf a

ngle

)

Pul

se o

utpu

t com

man

d fr

eque

ncy

–1

to 4

00H

z

Pul

se w

idth

–0.

1 to

6m

sec

Pum

ping

lam

pK

rypt

on a

rc la

mp

4pcs

Kry

pton

flas

h la

mp

4pcs

Pow

er re

quire

men

tsA

C20

0V +

10%

, –15

%, 5

0/60

Hz�

1Hz

or A

C22

0V +

10%

, –15

%, 6

0Hz�

1Hz

Req

uire

d in

put p

ower

45kV

A

Inst

alla

tion

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re+

5 to

+35

�C

Inst

alla

tion

ambi

ent h

umid

ityN

o de

w, n

or fr

ost a

llow

ed

Coo

ling

Am

ount

80lit

ers/

min

wat

erC

ircul

atin

g w

ater

pre

ssur

e(g

age

pres

sure

)0.

35 to

0.4

5MP

a

Circ

ulat

ing

tem

pera

ture

20 to

30�

C

Circ

ulat

ing

wat

er

tem

pera

ture

sta

bilit

y�

2�C

Rec

omm

ende

d co

olin

g ca

paci

ty (

at 3

0�C

)35

kW

Wat

er q

ualit

yM

ust c

onfo

rm to

the

Fre

ezin

g A

ir–C

ondi

tione

r Coo

ling

Wat

er Q

ualit

y S

tand

ard

(JR

A–9

001)

.

Pur

geC

ompo

sitio

nS

ee M

AIN

TE

NA

NC

E /

see

Sec

tion

4.7

for p

urge

gas

gas

Gag

e pr

essu

re0.

3 to

0.5

MP

a(N

ote)

Flo

w ra

te5l

iters

/min

(No

te)

The

use

r mus

t ens

ure

com

plia

nce

with

thes

e sp

ecifi

catio

ns.

Page 187: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

180

E DETAILS OF PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

CAUTIONThis chapter describes the operations that can beperformed only by those customers who received specialtraining in FANUC. Operation with an illegal procedure canimpair the processing performance of the laser oscillator,and can, in the worst case, damage the laser oscillator.

Page 188: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

181

When open the panel door at maintenance, be sure to turn off the powersupply.

Only in the following cases, check the slab crystal end surface, and cleanit if necessary.

(1) If the power calibration coefficient increases extremely (power drops)

(2) If water drips on the crystal end surface or dust settles on it duringlamp replacement

(3) If the sealing of the slab crystal end surface is modified

To clean the slab crystal end surface of the resonator section in the YAGlaser oscillator, use the following procedures.

1. Slab crystal end surface observation methodBecause of the complex structure of the resonator, it is difficult todecide on the state of the slab crystal end surface from the outsideappearance. Be sure to prepare a pen light and a hand glass.

1) Turn off the YAG laser oscillator and controller.Before starting maintenance work, wait for about one minute after thecircuit breaker has been shut off.

2) Remove the panels and covers from the resonator while being carefulnot to allow dust or any other foreign matter to get in the resonator.Ground the reflector and lamp adapter (electrodes) with thegrounding rod.

3) The slab crystal is in a small space near the pumping lamp at the laserhead. If the aperture is on the front surface (outside) of the slabcrystal, shine the pen light onto a slab crystal end surface from theoutside. Observe the other slab crystal end surface with the light thathas passed through both end surfaces and been reflected from thehand coupler.If you cannot see the slab crystal end surface easily because theaperture is in the way, take out the aperture by removing nuts (M5,three on one side).Do not touch the crystal end surfaces with the naked hand or tools.

4) There may be no de–ionized water in the de–ionized water path at thelaser head after lamp replacement. In this case, small drops of waterare formed on the side surfaces of the slab crystal, preventing a clearview of the end surfaces. Set the key–operated switch on thede–ionized water circulator operator’s panel (laser oscillator doorsection) to LOCAL, and set the circulator start button to ON to runthe de–ionized water.

WARNINGWhile the main circuit breaker of the laser oscillator is on,there is a danger of electric shock. Before doingmaintenance work, be sure to turn off the circuit breaker.

E.1DETAILS

E.1.1Slab Crystal EndSurface and CouplerCleaning

� Slab Crystal End SurfaceCleaning

Page 189: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

182

After you are finished with checking and cleaning, be sure to set thede–ionized water circulator switch and key–operated switch back toOFF and REMOTE, respectively.

To clean the slab crystal end surface, prepare the following items.

– Paper–stick cotton swabs (in individual packaging)Ex. Nippon drug NID paper–stick cotton swab

– Ethyl alcohol – Air blower Diagonal cutting pliers

2. Slab crystal end surface cleaning procedure1) Slab crystal end surface air blowing

Send blasts of air onto the slab end surface to remove dust, using theair blower.

2) Squashing a paper–stick cotton swab flatPress the swab portion of a paper–stick cotton swab between yourthumb and finger to squash it flat while keeping the entire cotton swabin the individual package (vinyl bag).

Fig. E.1.1 (a) Cotton swab in the individual package

Do not touch the cotton swab with the naked finger as grease fromyour fingers contaminates the swab, leading to contamination of theslab end surface. Keep your hand clean, and be careful not to touchthe swab portion.

Fig. E.1.1 (b) Squash the swab portion flat

Fig. E.1.1 (c) Do not touch swab withthe naked fingers

3–1) Cleaning with a swab dipped with alcohol 3)Dip the flat cotton swab (made at step 2) above) with a small amountof ethyl alcohol, and clean the slab crystal end surface with the flatportion of the cotton swab. Be sure to clean the four corners on theslab crystal end surface. Repeat this step twice or three times to cleanthe end surface completely.

3–2) Cleaning with a paper stick of the cotton swab

If it is impossible to clean the innermost of the corners on the slabcrystal end surface, use the following procedure.

Page 190: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

183

Without taking out a cotton swab from the individual package, cut itspaper stick at an acute angle with diagonal cutting pliers. Dip the cuttip of the paper stick with a small amount of alcohol, and use it toclean the four corners on the slab crystal end surface.

Fig. E.1.1 (d) Cut the paper stick on the individual package

Fig. E.1.1 (e) Acute tip of the paper stick

4) Cleaning by wiping with a dry cotton swabPrepare one more flattened cotton swab (keep it dry; do not dip it withalcohol). Using this cotton swab, wipe the slab end surface to removeany alcohol stain. Repeat this step twice or three times to clean theend surface completely. Use an acutely cut tip of a cotton swab paperstick to clean the four corners on the end surface.

5) Slab end surface air blowingSend blasts of air onto the slab crystal end surface again to removedust completely.

6) Slab end surface checkingIlluminate the slab crystal end surface with a pen light from theopening on the other end of the slab crystal.Let the transmitted light from the other end of the slab crystal reflecton a hand coupler to observe the state of the end surface.If the slab crystal end surface is shadowed by the aperture, making ithard to see, remove the three M5 nuts on one side) and remove theaperture.Take care not to touch the end surface of the crystal with bare handsor tools.Observe the slab end surface according to the observation procedure(stated earlier) to make sure that the end surface is perfectly clean.If it is found to be still dirty, repeat steps 2) to 5) above.

After you are finished with checking and cleaning, be sure to set thede–ionized water circulator switch and key–operated switch back toOFF and REMOTE, respectively.

Only in the following cases, check the surface of each coupler in theresonator, and clean it if necessary.

(1) If the output compensation factor increases extremely (power drops)

(2) If water drips on the coupler surface or dust settles on it during lampreplacement

(3) If the coupler is replaced

To clean the surface of each coupler in the resonator in the YAG laseroscillator, use the following procedures.

� Resonator CouplerCleaning Procedure

Page 191: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

184

Any stain on the couplers can be found by shining a pen light (about 15cm long) on them to pass the light through them.The external view of the YP1000–E (Fig. E.1.1 (f)) and a photo showingthe rear coupler and output coupler surfaces on which the laser beam isradiated (Fig. E.1.1 (g)) are given below. The laser beam is radiated onthe lower center of the rear coupler and on the upper center of the outputcoupler.

Photographed portion (Fig. E.1.1 (g))

Fig. E.1.1 (f) YP1000–E

Rear coupler surface on which the beam is radiated

Output coupler surface on which the beam is radiated

Fig. E.1.1 (g) Beam–radiated locations on the couplers

Page 192: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

185

Spherical couplerRear coupler

Output coupler

Fig. E.1.1 (h) Orientations of the surfaces on which the beam is radiated

The rear coupler, output coupler, and spherical couplerhave their face and back sides. Install the couplers so thatthe wedge–shaped mark on the side plane of each coupleris oriented as shown in Fig. E.1.1 (h).The lenses and couplers in the resonator including the rearcoupler, output coupler, and spherical coupler requirecleaning of their both face and back sides. In maintenance,be sure to clean the both sides of these lenses andcouplers.

1. Coupler surface cleaning procedureTo clean the coupler surfaces, prepare the following items.Ex. ASAHI KASEI CORPORATION BEMCOT LINT FREE PS–2 – Paper tissue for coupler cleaning – Ethyl alcohol (pureness: 99.9% or more) – Air blower

1) Turing off the laser oscillator powerTurn off the YAG laser oscillator and controller.Before starting maintenance work, wait for about one minute after thecircuit breaker has been shut off.

2) Removing the laser oscillator coversRemove the panels and covers from the resonator while being carefulnot to allow dust and any other foreign matter to get in the resonator.Ground the reflector and lamp adapter (electrodes) with thegrounding rod. The photo given below shows the mounting locationsof the output coupler and rear coupler with the laser oscillatoruncovered. Use the same procedure to clean the spherical coupler andlenses.

Page 193: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

186

Rear coupler

Output coupler

Power sensor

Cooling plate

Beam cover pipe

Fig. E.1.1 (i) Component names and their mounting locations

1) To clean the rear coupler, remove the power sensor.2) To clean the output coupler, remove the beam cover pipe and

cooling plate.

NOTEBefore the back side of the rear coupler is cleaned, thediffuser panel secured in the holder must be removed. SeeItem 2, “Measures to be taken when the output coupler andrear coupler have a beam burn” described later.

Remove threeM4 bolts.

Fig. E.1.1 (j) Locations of bolts for removing the power sensor

Page 194: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

187

Remove threeM4 bolts.

Fig. E.1.1 (k) Locations of bolts for removing the beam cover pipe

Remove fourM4 bolts.

Fig. E.1.1 (l) Locations of bolts for removing the cooling plate.

3) Cleaning paper tissue preparationFold cleaning paper tissue to a size easy to handle with the tip of yourfinger. Do not touch the paper tissue surface that is to be used forcleaning directly with your finger as grease from the fingercontaminates the tissue surface, leading to contamination of thecoupler surfaces. Keep your hand clean, and be careful not to touchthe cleaning surface of the paper tissue.

Fig. E.1.1 (m) Holding a paper tissue

Page 195: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

188

4) Cleaning with paper tissue dipped with alcoholDip the top edge of folded paper tissue (made at step 3) above) witha small amount of ethyl alcohol. Wipe the coupler surfaces with theflattened portion of the paper tissue by moving it in one direction.Repeat this step twice or three times to clean the surfaces. Clean thesurfaces until you can ensure that the surfaces on which the laser beamis radiated are free from dirt.

Fig. E.1.1 (n) Coupler cleaning

5) Cleaning by wiping with dry paper tissueIn the same manner as above, wipe the coupler surfaces with theflattened portion of dry paper tissue. This is to remove stain of driedethyl alcohol. Repeat this step twice or three times to clean thesurfaces.

6) Coupler surface air blowingSend blasts of air onto the coupler surfaces to remove dust completely.

7) Coupler surface checkingObserve the coupler surfaces in through–light from a pen light tomake sure that the surfaces are perfectly clean. If any coupler is foundto be still dirty, repeat steps 2) to 6) above.

8) Output checkingStart the laser oscillator and make sure the output compensationfactor is smaller than that before the work. The decrease in the factordepends on the severity of soil on the coupler surface.In addition, measure the output at the emitting end of the processingnozzle optical fiber. The output error, between this value and thatlisted in the supplied data sheet or measured during installation of thelaser oscillator, must fall within �2%.For information on performing output measurement, see thesubsection “Output measurement with the power prove and powermeter.”Secure great safety when performing output measurement.

2. Measures to be taken when the output coupler and rear couplerhave a beam burnThe beam damages the surface of coating when there is dust or foreignmatter stuck to the coupler surface. This damage appears as a failuresuch as an output decrease. Observe the surfaces by using, forexample, a penlight. If a burn is found on the coupler coating, rotatethe output coupler or rear coupler so that the beam can be reflectedfrom different part of the coupler surface. Then, the failure can beremoved.

Page 196: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

189

To rotate a coupler, prepare the following items:– Paper tissue for coupler cleaning (Example: BEMCOT LINT FREE

PS–2 supplied by ASAHI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD.)– Ethyl alcohol (Pureness: 99.9% or more)– Air blower– Slotted wrench (Example: Model 07AKT007 manufactured by

Melse Grio)For ordinary dirt, the coupler can be cleaned by following the procedure1) described previously. If there is a defective such as a burn and flaw onthe coating of a coupler, the coupler must be rotated. The followingexplains the procedure to rotate the coupler.

Burn on coupler surface

Normal couplerBurn found on surface

Fig. E.1.1 (o) Coupler with a coating burn on the surface

1) Removing the coupler holderRemove the power sensor, cooling plate, and beam cover pipeattached to the output coupler and rear coupler. The output couplerand rear coupler can be mounted with a rotation angle of a multipleof 120°. Provide a marking to memorize the mounting angle.

Three M4 boltsfor removing thecoupler holder

Marking of the mountingangle of the rear coupler

Fig. E.1.1 (p) Removing the power sensor and providing a marking(rear coupler)

2) Removing the coupler holderRemove the coupler holder of the coupler that has a burn. (Three M4bolts) Never touch the surrounding micrometer and bolts.Otherwise, misalignment occurs, decreasing the power.

Page 197: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

190

3) Rotating the couplerThe coupler is secured with a thread ring in the coupler holder. Withthe slotted wrench, loosen the thread ring, rotate the coupler 30° to45°, then secure the coupler again. The coupler is a specialcomponent made by precisely grinding a quartz substrate. Therefore,an excessive torque can damage intrinsic characteristics of thecoupler. Handle the coupler carefully. After rotating the coupler,follow the ordinary coupler cleaning procedure.

4) Checking the output compensation factorCheck the output compensation factor (calibration data). If the valueis higher than that before the work, clean the slab crystal end surfaceagain.The output compensation factor may vary by approximately �20%,depending on the condition of purge gas in the resonator.

5) Checking the optical fiber optical axis and emitting output and thenperforming processing(a) Align the optical fiber and then measure the output at the emitting

end of the optical fiber.(b) Make sure that the output at the emitting end of the optical fiber

is normal and processing has done successfully. This completesthe procedure.

slotted wrench

Fig. E.1.1 (q) How to use a slotted wrench

Page 198: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

191

In the following cases, replace the protective window:

(1) The optical fiber (on the input side) is damaged.

(2) Dirt in the protective window is observed (visual observation ispossible).

When replacing the protective window, follow the procedure explainedbelow, and see Fig. E.1.2 (a). Replacement of the protective window isrequired only for the Y1000–E.

(1) Turn off the power to the laser oscillator control unit, then turn off themain circuit breaker or power supply unit of the laser oscillator.

(2) Remove the three hexagon socket head cap screws (M3�8) toremove the window holder <1> from the unit.

(3) Clean the surface by following the coupler surface cleaningprocedure. If dirt cannot be removed completely, the window mustbe replaced. Go to the next step to replace the window.

(4) Remove the retaining ring <3>. Then, the protective window <2> canbe removed. Replace the protective window with new one, thenmount the retaining ring <3>.

(5) Set the window holder <1> in place, and install the three hexagonsocket head cap screws (M3�8).

E.1.2Procedure forReplacing theProtective Window inthe Fiber Coupling Unit

Page 199: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

192

Fig. E.1.2 (a) Replacing the protective window

Page 200: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

193

Optical fiber alignment is necessary when the optical fiber is replacedwith a new one or when the optical fiber is removed and then put backagain. Be sure to perform optical fiber alignment after removing theoptical fiber from the laser oscillator.

When handling the optical fiber, note the following:

1. Handle it in an environment free from dust.2. Before touching close to the connector and the end of the fiber put on

cleanroom rubber gloves (powder–free) cleaned with alcoholbeforehand.

3. Do not leave the optical fiber with its end exposed even for a shortperiod of time. Be sure to mount the fiber cap.

4. Connect and disconnect the laser connector to and from the receptacle(or fiber cap) gently. Otherwise, the end of the fiber may be damaged.

5. Before connecting the laser connector to the receptacle (or fiber cap),clean the interior of the ferrule and the receptacle (or fiber cap) withan air blower so that their interior is free from dust. Otherwise, dustmay be burned and stuck to the fiber and the laser connector, possiblydamaging them.

NOTEWith an air blower, blow air to the receptacle so that foreignparticles cannot enter the inside of the receptacle from theopening of the receptacle. See Fig. E.1.3 (a). Foreignparticles stuck to the lens can cause a burn on the lens,resulting in output decrease.

E.1.3Optical Fiber Handlingand Alignment

� Notes on Optical FiberHandling

Page 201: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

194

View of A Air blow from the side of the receptacleto avoid a dust

Fiber coupling unit view

Fig. E.1.3 (a) The Method to Blow Dudt Off

Page 202: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

195

6. For the fiber incident unit with a protect window, make sure theprotect window is not soiled after attaching the optical fiber incidentend connector.

7. To connect a keyed connector, match the key with the key way of thereceptacle (or fiber cap), insert it fully as far as it can go, and tightenthe cap nut with either your hand at full strength or a tool (torque:200N.cm or less). If the nut is tightened with excessive force, theferrule and the receptacle may deform.

8. The optical fiber may break due to bending. Do not pull it with astrength greater than the permissible tension or bend it at a radius smallerthan the permissible bending radius. In particular, if connecting theoptical fiber to a robot, see to it that the optical fiber is not pulled or bentduring the operation of the robot. (See Table E.1.3 (a).)

9. When installing or storing the optical fiber, be sure to mount the fibercap to the end of the connector.

10. The optical fiber is susceptible to damage. Handle it with care so thatno angular or sharp objects do not come into contact with the end ofthe optical fiber. Be sure not to touch them.

11. If winding part of the optical fiber, do not hang the winding.Otherwise, it will bend locally under its own weight, possibly beingdamaged. If the winding needs to be hung for use, mount it in sucha way that it does not receive any local force. See to it that the windingis not mounted as shown in Fig. E.1.3 (b).

If the fiber is pulled, the diameter gets smaller.

Do not place the optical fiber in such a way that the diameter can get smaller as shown.

Fig. E.1.3 (b) Fiber handling

12. To unwind the optical fiber winding, pull the fiber while rotating thewinding. If pulled without being rotated, the fiber may be twisted,possibly being damaged.

13. When handling the optical fiber, hold it at the position near the end.

Page 203: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

196

Hold it at the position around here.

Fig. E.1.3 (c) Fiber handling position

14. When connecting the optical fiber, make sure that the optical fiber isnot twisted wherever possible. In particular, if connecting the opticalfiber to a robot, see to it that the fiber is not twisted during theoperation of the robot.

15. Clean the end of the optical fiber with the following procedure.1) Using a microscope (with a magnification of least 50), check the

end of the optical fiber for contamination.2) Remove dust, using an air blower.3) Wipe the end with a cotton swab soaked in alcohol. During

wiping, move the cotton swab in one direction only and replaceit with a new one frequently.

4) When the contamination is removed completely, wipe the endwith a dry cotton swab.

5) Remove dust using an air blow and check that the end is free fromcontamination. Cleaning is now completed.

Table E.1.3 (a) Permissible bending radius and permissible tension for each core diameter

(SI–type GI–type)

Core diameter (µm) Minimum permissiblebending radius (mm)

Maximum permissibletension (N)

Number of permissible twistsper meter of optical fiber

600 150 50 2.4

800 200 1.8

1000 250 1.4

Page 204: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

197

Fig. E.1.3 (d) Outer diagram (Optical fiber connector)

WARNINGTake notice that laser light radiates outside from here.

Optical fiber alignment is performed by checking the YAG laser beamusing the IR viewer. Because the YAG laser beam is irradiated withoutbeing covered with a shield, optical fiber alignment is more dangerousthan normal operation. The cautions on safety are reiterated below. Readthem thoroughly before performing optical fiber alignment.

� Optical Fiber Alignment

Page 205: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

198

WARNING1 Only operators who have been trained educationally at the

appropriate level can perform optical fiber alignment.2 The operator must put on protective goggles before

performing optical fiber alignment.3 The YAG laser beam is irradiated on a refractory brick or

something similar. Place the brick so that the beam isirradiated on it completely.

4 When performing optical fiber alignment, make sure that theYAG laser beam is not irradiated at the height of the eye.

NOTE1 When performing optical fiber alignment, make sure that the

beam is not emitted downward. Otherwise, the sputteringdue to the laser beam may fly about, possibly contaminatingthe end of the fiber.

2 Keep the refractory brick away from the end of the opticalfiber sufficiently (depending on the output power). If thebrick is too near, it may partially melt, possibly contaminatingthe end of the fiber.

3 Do not irradiate the YAG laser beam with the optical fibercap on. Otherwise, the fiber may be damaged.

4 Before removing the optical fiber from the receptacle of theprocessing nozzle, clean the receptacle of the processingnozzle so that the interior of the processing nozzle and theend of the optical fiber are not contaminated with dust suchas sputtering.

Perform optical fiber alignment with the following procedure:

1) Turn the laser oscillator OFF.2) Remove the optical fiber from the processing nozzle. Cover the fiber

connector of the processing nozzle with the supplied protective capso that no dust can enter.

3) Mount the fiber cap to the connector of the optical fiber end. Take careso that the end of the fiber is not contaminated with dust. Do not leavethe end of the fiber exposed to the atmosphere longer than necessary.Put the cap on as soon as possible.

4) For the fiber incident unit with a protect window, make sure theprotect window is not soiled after attaching the optical fiber incidentend connector.

5) Secure the connector of the optical fiber to a stand as shown in Fig.E.1.3 (f), and place a refractory brick where the beam is to be emitted.(To monitor the LD guide light (Red laser light). Place the refractorybrick at a distance of about 30 mm from the emitting end of the opticalfiber.)

6) Remove the stage cover from the beam–emitting port of the laseroscillator.

Page 206: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

199

7) Only for the machine which is mounted the fiber disconnect/connectmonitor, perform the following steps:1. Insert a dummy connector to CN145 to disable the fiber

connection monitor). (Fig. E.1.3 (i))2. Set the system variable $LW_SETUP$FBR1_ENBL (No. 134)

to FALSE (to disable the fiber rupture monitor).8) Create a fiber alignment program.

Y series : Pc= 30W CW 120sec Duty = 100% Freq. = 500 Hz (For a Duty of 100%, the outputdoes not depend on the frequency.)

YP series : 60A 0.4msec 20pps 120sec9) Turn the laser oscillator ON.10)Start up the laser oscillator so that it enters the LSTR (READY) state.11)Remove the fiber cap from the end of the optical fiber.12)Emit the semiconductor laser beam.13)Loosen the fastening nut, turn the alignment adjustment screw

(coarse adjustment) shown in Fig. E.1.3 (g) so that the diameter of thesemiconductor laser beam (red) on the refractory brick becomes thesmallest or the maximum brightness is obtained.After semiconductor laser adjustment, place the refractory brick at adistance of about 100 mm from the emitting end of the optical fiber.

14)Put on YAG laser protective goggles. 15)

CAUTIONThe alignment procedure differs depending on the fibertype.Check the designated fiber.

For the SI–type, perform 15–1.For the GI–type, perform 15–2.

15–1)Execute the alignment program (power: about 30 W), and observethe laser beam on the refractory brick using the IR viewer. If the fiberis misaligned, an interference pattern of two rings can be seen in themode on the refractory brick. Adjust the adjustment screw so that theinterference pattern disappears. Then, turn the adjustment screw upto the position where an interference pattern starts to appear faintly.When an interference pattern starts to appear faintly, record theposition of the adjustment screw. Then, turn the adjustment screw inthe opposite direction. The interference pattern disappears and thenreappears. Similarly, record the position where the interferencepattern starts to appear faintly. The middle of the recorded twopositions is the normal alignment position. Turn the adjustmentscrew to the middle and check that no interference pattern appears.Perform this operation on the X–axis, then Y–axis, and X–axis again.The diameter of the beam on the refractory brick must be 40 mm orless. To fasten the adjustment screw, tighten the respective fasteningnuts on the X– and Y–axes. (Fig. E.1.3 (g) and (h))

15–2)Execute the alignment program (power: about 30 W), and observethe laser beam on the refractory brick using the IR viewer. Turn thealignment adjustment screw so that the diameter of the laser beambecomes the smallest. Perform this operation on the X–axis, thenY–axis, and X–axis again. The diameter of the beam on the refractorybrick must be 50 mm or less. To fasten the adjustment screw, tightenthe respective fastening nuts on the X– and Y–axes. (Fig. E.1.3 (g)and (h))

Page 207: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

200

����� E.1.3 (b) Extension angle at the end of the optical fiber

Reference value Standard value (See the data sheet.)

GI–type < 500 mrad < 400 mrad

SI–type < 400 mrad < 350 mrad

16)After the end of adjustment, increase the laser power specificationgradually and irradiate the laser beam on the refractory brick. At thistime, keep the refractory brick away from the emitting end of the fiberas far as possible. Check that the emitting end of the fiber is 40°C orless and that no interference pattern appears. If the emitting end ofthe fiber is hot, readjust the alignment.

17)Issue a rated output command and check the output at the emitting endof the fiber, using the power meter.

18)Connect the fiber to the processing nozzle and check the power at theend of the processing nozzle, using the power meter.

Page 208: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

201

Fig. E.1.3 (e) Replacing optical fiber

Page 209: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

202

Fig. E.1.3 (f) Observation of beam mode on the brick

Fig. E.1.3 (g) Adjustment of the fiber holder

Page 210: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

203

A

B

A

B

A

B(A+B)/2

GI type

SI type

Beam status

Beam mode on a refractory brick

Scale of the alignment screw

Fig. E.1.3 (h) Changing beam mode on the brick

Fig. E.1.3 (i) Outer diagram of Y1000–E (up side of the resonator)

Page 211: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

204

The YAG laser beam is at such a wavelength that it is invisible directlyto the human eye. To observe the YAG laser beam, the IR–Viewer isusually used. The following summarizes how to use it. Refer to it ifrequired.

Example used in the description: FIND–R–SCOPE (INFRAREDVIEWER), 1200 nm, made by FJW Optical SystemsPart No. 84499 (main unit) + part No. 80415 (variable iris)

Cautions

i) The focal point range is 152.4 mm to infinity. Check that thetarget is within this range.

ii) Never look at the YAG laser beam directly. Otherwise, you maylose your eyesight.

iii) If the scattered light of the YAG laser beam (which results fromirradiating the YAG laser beam on the power meter, for example)is observed at a distance of 30 cm or shorter, the image pick–uptube may be damaged. Take care not to observe scattered lightat a short distance.

iv) A glass tube is used in the IR–Viewer. Be careful not to drop theviewer or apply an impact to it.

How to use the viewer

i) Remove dry battery <5> and insert a size C dry battery <4>, withthe + end facing downward.

ii) Remove the lens cap and mount the variable iris.Open the variable iris at its maximum.

iii) Set switch <2> ON. In a while, a green image is seen.(For those IR–Viewers on which this switch can be set to the ONor OFF position permanently, be sure to set it OFF after use.)

iv) Adjust eyepiece <1>, objective lens <7>, and eyepiece <1> inthis order to get the clearest image of the target. Adjust botheyepiece and objective lens within the range in which they can berotated smoothly. If rotated with too much force, they may bedamaged.

v) After focal point adjustment, observe the YAG laser. Adjust thevariable iris to obtain an appropriate brightness.

E.1.4IR–Viewer

Page 212: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

205

EyepieceON/OFF switchBoosterDry battery (size C9)Dry battery capImage pick–up tubeObjective lens and variable irisPortion into which the eyepiece is inserted

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Fig. E.1.4 Appearance of the IR–Viewer and part names

The following describes the notes on using the power meter and the powerprobe.The power meter must be used during installation or if precise outputmeasurement is required. The power probe is portable.

Power probe example:macken instruments, inc:Laser Power Probe P1000Y

Power meter example:OPHIR OPTRONICS, INC:Powermeter head model 1500W

� Common notes1. Check that the power meter and the power probe are for the YAG laser

(wavelength: 1.06 (µm).2. Secure the head with IR viewer so that the YAG laser beam is

irradiated at the center of the head, occupying about 60% of theoutside diameter of the head.(See Fig. E.1.5 (a).)

3. If measurement is performed with the processing nozzle or opticalfiber being too near the head (about 50 mm or less), the indicationmay not be correct and the surface of the head may be damaged.

4. If a prescribed calibration coefficient has been set, multiply the outputby the calibration coefficient.

5. It is recommended that the user’s power meter and power probe becalibrated with the power meter of FANUC (reference) (every oneyear).

E.1.5Measurement Usingthe Power Meter andthe Power Probe

Page 213: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

206

� Notes on the power probe only1. Before measurement, check that the temperature of the probe head is

25�C or lower (same as the room temperature).(If it exceeds 25�C, reduce it to 25�C or lower through air– orwater–cooling.If the head is water–cooled, dry the head so that no water is adhered.)

2. If there are specifications for the surface of the YAG laser beamreceptor, follow the specifications.Measurement with a wrong surface will give incorrect measurementresults. (Specification example: There must be a punch on the side.)

3. The power probe has a prescribed laser irradiation time. (Usually,about 20 seconds)

4. Do not place the probe head directly on the iron plate or on the ground,and do not place heated refractory brick near the probe head. (See Fig.E.1.5 (b).)

5. In several seconds after the end of the irradiation time, the probeindicates a power peak value. Read the power peak value. Note thatthe power value to be measured is not the power immediately after theend of the irradiation time.

6. For more precise measurement, the following method may be used:Irradiate the beam on the refractory brick for the first 10 seconds, theninsert the probe into the optical path manually and quickly and takeit away in a prescribed period of time. (Be careful not to get burned.The measurement precision is estimated at about (1%.)

CAUTIONIn output measurement using a power meter and powerprobe, be sure to keep the power meter and power probeaway from the focal point of the converged laser beam.Otherwise, the power probe and power meter are damaged.Furthermore, the laser beam reflected from the power probeor power meter surface can be radiated directly back to theoptical fiber cable that is the light source or the resonator. Thiscan damage the end face of the optical fiber, opticalcomponents in the resonator (such as the output coupler, rearcoupler, and spherical coupler), and even the YAG crystalitself.A similar problem can result also when a material with highreflectivity (a material having a high reflectivity to the1.06�mm wavelength of the YAG laser beam; aluminum,copper, gold, and so forth) is placed near the convergencepoint.Whenever measuring the output, check to ensure thedistance shown in the figure below. In addition, avoidsuccessive radiation of the laser beam around the focalpoint at the same portion of a material with high reflectivity.

Page 214: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

207

ÔÔÔÔÔÔ

Optical fiberEmitting end of the processing nozzle or fiber

φ 40mm

Laser beam irradiated for 20.0 seconds

Probe head

φ 76mm

PunchAbout 100 mm for the processing nozzle

80 mm for the fiber

Calibration valueMultiply the indication by the calibration value.

BEAM

Punch

Refractory brick

BEAM

Punch

(The probe receives the radiation.)

Ground, etc.

(The heat escapes to the ground.)

Fig. E.1.5 (a) Arrangement for powermeasurement

Fig. E.1.5 (b) Notes on the location where theprobe head is secured

Power meter Power probe

Power meter Power probe

This subsection describes the following four items:

1) Replacing the shutter couplerWhen an alarm indicating abnormal shutter temperature is issued, andthe coupler is burnt

2) Replacing the beam absorber lensWhen an alarm indicating abnormal absorber temperature is issued,and the lens is burnt

3) Replacing the shutter unit4) Adjusting the shutter unit

When performing replacement operations 1), 2), and 3), be sure to makeadjustment in 4).

To replace the mechanical shutter unit of the resonator section and otheroptical components used in the unit (the shutter coupler and absorberlens), follow the procedure explained below.

1. Procedure for replacing the shutter coupler1) Turn off the circuit breakers of the YAG laser oscillator and control

unit.2) Wait at least one minute until the capacitor of the power supply

discharges. (To prevent electric shock)3) Check that external cooling water and de–ionized water do not flow.4) Remove the panel and dust cover from the resonator section. To

prevent foreign matter such as dust from entering the resonatorsection, clean surroundings of the laser oscillator.

5) To ensure safety, ground the reflector section and lamp adapter(electrode) with a grounding rod.

6) Remove the beam cover pipe of the output coupler.7) Remove the front triangle cover <10> of the shutter unit.8) Remove the temperature sensor <7> at the center of the shutter arm

<8> (with one M3 machine screw). Then, loosen the four bolts <6>of the rotation center axis, and remove the shutter arm <8>.

E.1.6Procedure forReplacing the ShutterUnit

Page 215: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

208

9) Remove the retainer <4> retaining the shutter coupler <1>, andremove the O–ring and shutter coupler <1>.

10)Prepare a new shutter coupler <1>, and clean the coupler surface withethyl alcohol and cleaning paper tissue according to the couplercleaning procedure described on a separate sheet. Be sure to wipe thecoupler with dry paper tissue. Be careful not to touch the couplersurfaces with bare hands.

11)Insert the shutter coupler <1> in the shutter arm <8> as shown in thefigure below. Confirm that the coating surface of the coupler <1> isfaced down. (The wedge–shaped marking on the side plane indicatesthe direction in which the beam is radiated.)

12)Insert a new O–ring <2> in the periphery of the shutter coupler <1>.In the retainer <4>, insert the O–ring <3> in advance.

13)Also replace the O–ring <9> used in the stopper of the shutter section.14)By reversing the procedure in step 9 above, secure the shutter coupler

<1> with the M3 bolt <5>, and install the shutter arm <8> in the unitwith the M4 bolts <6>. Check that when the shutter arm <8> isclosed, it always touches the stopper O–ring <9> described in step 13.

15)With the M3 machine screw, install the shutter temperature sensor<7> removed in step 8. Fasten the temperature sensor cable onto thecable guide metal plate with a cable tie. Be careful not to touch thesurface of the shutter coupler <1>. If you touch the coupler carelessly,clean the coupler.

2. Procedure for replacing the absorber lensWhen the absorber lens <12> has a burn, replace the lens by following theprocedure below.1) Turn off the circuit breakers of the YAG laser oscillator and control

unit.2) Wait at least one minute until the capacitor of the power supply

discharges. (To prevent electric shock)3) Check that external cooling water and de–ionized water do not flow.4) Remove the panel and dust cover from the resonator section. To

prevent foreign matter such as dust from entering the resonatorsection, clean surroundings of the laser oscillator.

5) Ground the reflector section and lamp adapter (electrode) with agrounding rod.

6) Remove the beam cover pipe of the output coupler.7) Remove the front triangle cover <10> of the shutter unit.8) Remove the machine screw of the absorber lens holder <11>.9) Remove the thread ring <13> and Derlin ring <14> that secure the

lens <12>, and remove the lens.10)Prepare a new lens <12> and clean it. Install the lens in the holder

<11> so that the concave side of the lens is faced down and the flatside is faced up. Secure the lens by mounting the Derlin ring <14>and thread ring <13> in this order.

11)Reverse step 8 to secure the holder <11>. Check that the holder <11>and absorber are closely attached together.

3. Procedure for replacing the shutter unit1) Turn off the circuit breakers of the YAG laser oscillator and control

unit.2) Wait at least one minute until the capacitor of the power supply

discharges. (To prevent electric shock)3) Check that external cooling water and de–ionized water do not flow.

De–pressurize external cooling water.4) Remove the panel and dust cover from the resonator section. To

prevent foreign matter such as dust from entering the resonatorsection, clean surroundings of the laser oscillator.

Page 216: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

209

5) Ground the reflector section and lamp adapter (electrode) with agrounding rod.

6) Remove the beam cover pipe of the output coupler.7) Remove all the cables between the shutter unit and relay PCB B.8) Detach the external cooling water tube connected to the absorber.

9) Mark the shutter unit installation position.10)Remove the M5 bolt <15>, and replace the shutter unit with a new

one.11)Attach the external cooling water tube and cables again.

4. Shutter unit adjustment procedure

CAUTIONIn this adjustment work, there is a possibility that the laserbeam is emitted to the outside. So, before startingalignment work, provide a special beam dumper (such asrefractory bricks) at the beam emitting end.

1) Turn on the circuit breakers of the YAG laser oscillator and controlunit to circulate external cooling water. (When the drain forde–pressurizing external cooling water is open, close the drain.)

2) With an air blower, blow away dust from the output coupler, rearcoupler, shutter coupler, and absorber lens surfaces.

3) As dust protection, use a transparent vinyl sheet instead of the dustcover for confirmation purposes.

4) Use the interlock release jig used for maintenance to release theinterlock.

5) Disable the power calibration function.NC : Bit 4 of parameter No. 15000 = 1 (enable), 0 (disable)R–J3 : System variable $LASERSETUP[1].$PWR CALIB = 1

(enable), 0 (disable)

6) Enable the beam to be emitted when the shutter is closed.NC : Bit 3 of parameter No. 15000 = 1 (enable beam emission),

0 (disable beam emission)R–J3 : MENUS key → 6 SETTING → F1 TYPE → Beam output

when laser shutter is off = ENABLE, DISABLE

7) Create an adjustment program.Y–serie : Pc = 30W CW 120sec Duty = 100% Freq. = 500Hz

(At a 100% duty cycle, the output does not dependon the frequency.)

YP–series : 60A 0.4msec 20pps 120sec

8) Turn on the power to the laser oscillator.9) Start up the laser oscillator so that it is in the LSTR (READY) state.10)Execute the adjustment program, and emit the beam with the shutter

closed. With the IR viewer, check that the beam is radiated at thecenter of the shutter coupler and is delivered to the absorber properly.If adjustment is required, adjust the M5 bolts <15> and <16>.

11)Next, issue a rated–output command to check that the shuttertemperature and absorber temperature do not become abnormal.

12)Reset the changed parameters to their original values.

Page 217: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

210

Fig. E.1.6 (a) Shutter unit

Page 218: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

211

Tem

pera

ture

sen

sor

BE

AM

refle

ctin

g fa

ce

Fig. E.1.6 (b) Shutter unit

Page 219: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

212

If a trigger error occurs, it is necessary to check which lamp is off.With the Y series, checking can be made on the screen of the control unit.With the YP series, checking can be made on the touch display of the laseroscillator.This subsection explains the check procedures.

1) Y1000–E under NC control2) Y1000–E under R–J3 control3) YP1000–E under NC control

1. Y1000–E under NC control1) Press the SYSTEM key several times to display the diagnosis screen.2) Press the PAGE key to display the screen shown in the figure below.3) Start the laser sequence to enter the LRDY state.4) Perform discharge excitation (HV ON). Check RF CURRENT

(shaded portions). A lamp of which current is 0 A is the lamp thatdoes not light.

(LASER STATUS)

909 RF VOLTAGE1 1385 910 RF CURRENT1 115 911 RF VOLTAGE2 1385 912 RF CURRENT2 115 913 RF VOLTAGE3 1385 914 RF CURRENT3 116 915 RF VOLTAGE4 1390 916 RF CURRENT4 115

> 00:00:00[PARAM][DGNOS][ PMC ][SYSTEM][(OPRT)][+]

2. Y1000–E under R–J3 control1) Press the MENUS key to display the screen menu.2) Choose 6 STATUS.

Instead of steps 1 and 2 above, the status display key can be pressed.3) Press F1 TYPE to display the screen change menu.4) Choose LASER. The laser status screen appears.5) Start the laser sequence to enter the STAND BY state.6) Perform discharge excitation (SHIMMER RUN). Check the

discharge tube current list (shaded portion). A lamp of which currentis 0 A is the lamp that does not light.

E.1.7Trigger Error CheckProcedure

Page 220: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

B–70294EN/01 APPENDIXE. DETAILS OF PERIODIC

MAINTENANCE

213

STATUS LASER JOINT 10% 1/20 1 LASER EXECUTIONS STATUS Command:LS[1] Status:PROCESS FLOW Programmed speed (mm/sec): 1000.2 TCP speed (mm/sec): 850.0

Power(W) Duty(%) Freq(Hz) Set: 1000 100 2000 Out: 800 80 1600 Moni: 760 ***** *****

2 LASER OSCILLATOR DETAIL INFORMATION Current status: LSTR Beam efficiency(%): 76% Gas Pressure data table(0.1 torr) Monitor Destination Mass valve 550 550 1235 Power data table Monitor(W) Set(W) Output(W) 780 1000 800 Base(mW) Command(mV) Table(W) 1178 806 680

Offset value(W): 12 Calib coefficient(1/1000): 1021

Voltage data table(V) 1 2600 2 2601 3 2620 4 2590 5 2610 6 2602 7 2595 8 2605 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0Current data table(mA) 1 2600 2 2601 3 2620 4 2590 5 2610 6 2602 7 2595 8 2605 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 160

3 LASER HOUR METER Blower time(LRDY)(min) 15 Base time(LSTR)(min) 100 Beam output time(min) 20

[ TYPE ] EQ

YP1000–E under NC control1) Start the laser sequence to enter the LRDY state.2) Perform discharge excitation (HV ON). Check the touch display. On

the display, the location of a pumping lamp that does not light isindicated as well as a trigger error alarm message. The followingtouch display shows that the lamp on channel 1 does not light:

#16 TRIGGER ERROR #40 LAMP1 NOT LIGHTED

ready remote error

Page 221: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

F. GLOSSARY B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

214

F GLOSSARY

Name Meaning

IR–Viewer A tool to observe YAG laser beams

Access panel That protective component of a housing or enclosure which, when removed orshifted, can cause exposure to laser radiation

Aperture Iris, or stop

Alignment Optical axis adjustment. This adjustment work involves fiber alignment and resona-tor alignment.

Phase Amount representing a positional relationship between two adjacent highest or low-est points on a wave

Operation Laser product’s action covering all intended functions, not including maintenance orservice

Enhanced pulse Greatly amplified pulse peak output

Circular polarization Polarization in which a plane of polarization rotates about the axis along which thelight progresses and does not have directivity; an electric or magnetic field basedon circular polarization has a constant intensity.

External cooling water Cooling water fed from the outside of the laser oscillator. opp.: DI water

Beam divergence Angle through which a beam spreads

Processing nozzle A device to bring the laser beam to an optimum size at the processing point

Spherical coupler A laser coupler. The laser beam is folded back on the concave plane.

MPE:Maximum Permissible Exposure

Maximum laser radiation level that can be radiated onto human bodies withoutharmful influence to them in an ordinary environment

Maximum output Maximum radiation power or maximum radiation energy per pulse that a laser prod-uct outputs in all directions where there is a hazard of exposure in view of opera-tional capability in every area at any point of time after the production of the laserproduct

Sequence A succession of steps carried out in a prescribed order

Threshold Physical excitation quantity necessary to generate laser oscillation

Register number A summary of data including waveform data, its magnification, repetition frequency,and the number of shots

Output coupler A laser coupler. A laser beam is emitted from the output coupler.

Output calibration coefficient Coefficient used to make the actual output from the laser oscillator constant at any time

DI–water De–ionized cooling water circulating in the laser oscillator. opp.: External cooling water

Liquid cooler A device for cooling the YAG crystal and pumping lamps

Safty interlock A device combined with the protective housing of a laser product to stop its opera-tion automatically when part of the housing is removed

Page 222: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

F. GLOSSARYB–70294EN/01 APPENDIX

215

Name Meaning

Liner polarization Polarization in which a plane of polarization is at a constant angle with the axisalong which the light progresses

Periodic maintenance Maintenance work that can be conducted only by those people who have receivededucation in the laser oscillator

Daily maintenance Maintenance work that can be conducted by general users under the supervision ofan educated person.

Input calibration coefficient Coefficient to match the actual output from the laser oscillator and the output de-tected by the control unit

Purge gas Gas used to protect the optical components of the resonator from dust

Burn pattern Laser beam mode pattern generated on a sheet such as sensitized paper for con-firmation purposes

Wave number Information about the value of current flowing to lamps and time information (For YPseries only)

Parameter Variable that is assigned a given value for a specific purpose and indicates thatpurpose

Pulse output Laser output radiated in the form of a pulse train

Pulse frequency Repetition frequency at which pulsating laser beams are radiated from an laser os-cillator

Pulse duty Ratio (%) of a duration in which a pulsating laser output is on, to its entire cycle

Pulse duration Time interval between the points at which an instantaneous value on the leadingand trailing edges is half the peak pulse amplitude

Pulse laser Laser that outputs energy in the form of a single pulse or a pulse train

Power density Energy per unit area

Laser diode Laser that uses a semiconductor as an exciting medium. This laser oscillator usesa laser diode to generate a guide light to the processing point.

AEL : Accessible Emission Level Maximum accessible emission level set up for each class of laser products

Fiber coupling unit A device to deliver the laser beam emitted from the optical resonator to an opticalfiber. Two types of fiber coupling units are available: one for a single fiber and theother for three branched fibers.

Feedback Corrective action in which a quantity to be controlled is compared with a target val-ue by feeding part of an output signal to the input through a specially created closedloop so that the quantity to be controlled matches the target value

Beam Aggregate of unidirectional, diverging, or converging rays

Beam diameter Distance between two symmetrical points in which the beam strength is 1/e2 of thepeak value

Optical resonator Device for using simulated emission of light for a laser. A pair of reflecting couplersfacing each other is used.

Optical fiber A silica cable that guides a laser beam converged by the fiber coupling unit to thefocal point

Protective window A part to protect the converging lens and other components from dirt

Page 223: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

F. GLOSSARY B–70294EN/01APPENDIX

216

Name Meaning

Protective housing Laser product housing or its part designed to protect humans from exposure to alaser beam exceeding an accessible emission level or strong collateral radiation

Radiant energy Energy emitted, transmitted, or received (measured in joules, or J) by radiation

Protective goggles Goggles to protect the eyes from light scattered from the YAG laser

Maintenance Action taken by a user to preserve normal operation of a product, such as adjust-ment or other measures specified in documents created by the manufacturer forusers

Mode State of a resonant system in which an electromagnetic field has a specific distribu-tion

YAG crystal Laser oscillation medium of a YAG laser

Stimulated emission Emission of an electromagnetic wave from a certain medium in proportion to thestrength of the incident electromagnetic field

Radian Measurement unit of angle; 1 radian equals 360°/2�

Rear coupler A laser coupler having a high reflectivity

Laser Device for generating light by simulated emission

Laser safety standard Standard to protect human bodies from hazards resulting from laser beams in viewof use of lasers and about laser products for sale

Laser coupler A reflecting coupler used in a laser resonator. The laser couplers include an outputcoupler, rear coupler, and spherical coupler.

Laser safety officer Person having sufficient knowledge about evaluation and management of hazardsof lasers and in charge of safety management of lasers

Laser controlled area Area in which activities are controlled or monitored for protection from hazards re-sulting from laser radiation

Exitation Transition of atoms or molecules to a higher energy level by supplying them withexternal energy

Pumping lamp A lamp for exciting the YAG crystal which is an oscillation medium

CW:Continuous wave Continuously radiated laser output

Exposure time Duration through which laser radiation is emitted

Page 224: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)
Page 225: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

IndexB–70294EN/01

i–1

[A]Applicable Product, 3

[B]Before Output Measurement, 97

[C]Cautions on pumping lamp replacement, 49

Cleaning Agent, 81

Corrective Action for Alarm, 103

Corrosion–Resistant Agent, 80

[D]Daily Inspection, 41

Daily Maintenance, 45

Daily Maintenance and Maintenance Tools, 40

De–ionized Cooling Water, 87

De–ionized Water and Filter/Ion Exchange Resin Re-placement, 60

De–ionized water filter replacement method, 63

De–ionized water replacement method, 60

De–ionized Water Unit, 82

Description of the Fiber Breakage Detection Functionfor the Yagrobot, 132

Detail Configuration, 33

Details, 179

Details of Maintenance, 49

Details of Periodic Maintenance, 178

Door Interlock, 22

[E]Element (air filter) replacement procedure, 64

Explanation of the Screens on the Touch Display(CNC Control Only), 146

External Cooling Water, 79

[F]Failures that Directly Affect Processing and Output,

93

Failures That Make Processing Impossible, 93

Fiber receptacle (A04B–0857–J301), 71

Filter Unit (Element/Mantle) Replacement, 64

Fire, 28

Fuse Replacement Procedure, 72

[G]Glossary, 212

[H]Heat–Fusing Wire Method, 132

High Voltage, 28

[I]Internal Beams Path of Oscillator, 26

Internal Configuration, 29

Ion exchange resin replacement method, 63

IR–Viewer, 202

[L]Lamp adapter replacement procedure, 55

Lamp flow tube replacement procedure, 56

Laser Oscillator Layout Diagram, 143

List of Alarm Messages, 98

[M]Maintenance Instruments, 47

Major Maintenance Parts, 76

Mantle (oil mist filter) replacement procedure, 65

Manual Contents, 2

Measurement Using the Power Meter and the PowerProbe, 203

Method of Troubleshooting, 89

[N]No Output from the Optical Fiber, 94

Page 226: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

Index B–70294EN/01

i–2

[O]Optical Fiber Alignment, 195

Optical Fiber Handling and Alignment, 191

Outline, 132

Overview, 1, 30

[P]Parameter (R–J3 Controller), 171

Parameters, 152

Parameters for the Y Series (B8f1 Series) (CNCOnly), 153

Parameters for the YP Series (B8f4 Series) (CNCOnly), 162

Poisonous GAS, 28

Power Calibration Function, 41

Power Calibration Operation (When the Robot Con-troller Is Used), 42

Procedure for Replacing the Protective Window in theFiber Coupling Unit, 189

Procedure for Replacing the Shutter Unit, 205

Processing nozzle (A04B–0850–H300/D***,A04B–0850–H314/D*** for standard processing),67

Processing nozzle (A04B–0850–H305, for precisionprocessing), 69

Processing nozzle (A04B–0850–H309/D**, for preci-sion processing), 70

Processing Nozzle Protective Window Cleaning andReplacement, 67

Pumping lamp replacement procedure, 50

Purge Gas, 83

Purge Gas Piping, 86

Purge Gas Specifications, 83

[R]Reflected–Light Detection Method, 134

Related Manuals, 4

Remedy the Warning of the Power Calibration Coeffi-cient Increase, 94

Replacing the Pumping Lamp and Lamp Flow Tuner,49

Resonator Mirror Cleaning Procedure, 181

[S]Safety Fence, 28

Safety Precaution, 5

Slab Crystal End Surface and Coupler Cleaning, 179

Slab End Surface Cleaning, 179

Specifications, 176

Specifications for External Cooling Water, 79

Specifications for External Cooling Water ChillerUnit, 79

[T]Trigger Error (Abnormal Discharge Start), 96

Trigger Error Check Procedure, 210

Troubleshooting, 88

[W]Warning Label, 12

Warning: Safety of the Eyes, 11

[Y]Y1000–E fuse mounting diagram, 72

YP1000–E fuse installation diagram, 73

Page 227: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

Rev

isio

n R

eco

rd

FAN

UC

LA

SE

R Y

1000

/YP

1000

–MO

DE

L E

OP

ER

AT

OR

’S M

AN

UA

L (

B–7

0294

EN

)

01O

ct.,

2001

Rev

isio

nD

ate

Con

tent

sR

evis

ion

Dat

eC

onte

nts

Page 228: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMET · GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory ... C.3 PARAMETER (R–J3 CONTROLLER)

• No part of this manual may bereproduced in any form.

• All specifications and designsare subject to change withoutnotice.